Paris Hill Cat Hospital - planhubapp.s3-us-west-2

A. All work shall conform to the 2020 New York Building Code, and all other applicable federal, state and local codes, standards and regulations including those of the Town of Kirkland and the County of Oneida.

B. The various drawings comprising this set of drawings are interdependent and must be used jointly to execute the work.

C. The contract documents are comprised of the standard conditions in their entirety and the information in these documents is dependent upon and complimentary of each other. Separation of the contract documents shall not be permitted. If the contractor chooses to separate the documents they do so at their own risk and expense.

D. Information contained in the specifications may not necessarily be contained as part of the drawings. All contractors and subcontractors shall provide that their project costs include all materials, labor and other processes required to complete all categories of the work indicated by all of the contract documents, or that work which may otherwise be implied for the total completion of the project. For other requirements, refer to the general conditions of the contract for construction.

E. Prior to submitting a bid, all contractors shall visit the project site and become familiar with existing conditions, compare and confirm the contract documents, any subsequent requirements and all regulatory agency requirements applicable for completion of the proposed work. If variations or discrepancies are found, same information shall be furnished immediately and in written format to the architect/engineer prior to proceeding with the work. No contract adjustments will be permitted due to the lack of knowledge of site conditions.

F. Existing building information is based on original construction documents and is not intended to represent existing "as-built" conditions. Contractors are responsible for field verification of all existing conditions.

G. Prior to commencement of any work, all permits shall be applied for and obtained by each contractor, and all applicable fees shall be paid by the contractor.

H. All construction and materials shall be in strict compliance with all local and state building codes and regulations, as well as any other specific or implied applicable regulations, including health and safety requirements, as may be implied or stated with issuance of the building permit.

I. Smoking is prohibited within building and on the site at all times.

U. All foam plastic insulation shall be protected in accordance with the basic building code.

V. The Contractor shall provide each subcontractor with a complete agency-permitted drawing set at time of construction.

W. All proposed substitutions shall be approved by the architect, in writing, prior to submitting of bids.

X. Upon completion of project, the contractor is to obtain all final inspections as required by local jurisdictions and furnish owner with evidence of all such inspections and certificates of occupancy.

Y. All means of egress and fire protection shall be maintained at all times and any shutdown of life safety or building systems shall be approved and coordinated in advance with the owner and local building department.

Z. During construction and new work procedures, the entire work area shall be clean of all dust, dirt, and other debris before application of any new materials and/or finishes.

AA. Each contractor is responsible to provide adequate and substantial provisions to protect the building and finished surfaces scheduled to remain, both interior and exterior, from damage during delivery of equipment and disposal of materials. All damaged surfaces shall be restored to their original condition. No vehicles will be permitted to occupy any existing street or walk unless approved by owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

BB. This is a renovation within an existing building. All trades shall make themselves familiar with all existing site conditions and shall verify all existing conditions, materials and dimensions prior to the start of construction.

J. It is solely the contractor's responsibility to follow all applicable safety codes and regulations during all phases of construction.

K. Drawings shall not be scaled. All questions with respect to the contract documents shall be directed to S4(X) Global for making interpretations on all items of discrepancy or of an ambiguous nature. The scale of all drawings is subject to confirmation.

L. All contractors shall field verify all dimensions prior to commencing work. Should dimensional discrepancies exist, or if noted dimensions do not coordinate with space requirements of equipment, etc., the same information shall be furnished immediately and in written format to the architect/engineer prior to proceeding with the work.

M. Each structure is designed to be self-supporting and stable after the building is fully completed. It is solely the contractor's responsibility to determine erection procedures and sequence, and to insure the safety of the buildings and their component parts during erection. This includes the addition of whatever shoring, sheeting, temporary bracing, guides or tie downs, which might be necessary. Following the completion of the project, redistribution of such material shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

N. The general contractor is responsible for coordinating mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems, and for installing all necessary blocking, framing or general construction to facilitate installation of said mechanical and electrical systems.

O. Contractor to coordinate installation of owner provided equipment, fixtures, furniture, materials, appliances, etc. during construction.

P. Should any of the detailed instructions shown on the plans conflict with general notes, the specifications, or with each other, the strictest and most expensive provision for bidding purposes shall govern. Following bid award the contractor shall consult with S4(X) and the clarification regarding the noted discrepancy.

Q. In the event that certain details of the construction are not fully shown or noted on the drawings, their construction shall be the size and character as for similar conditions which are shown and noted.

R. General contractor shall coordinate with HVAC, elec., and plumbing drawings for locations of sleeves thru foundation walls for all utilities.

S. All storage shelves to maintain a min. Clearance of 18" below sprinkler level if present.

Door Number

101A

Sheet number

Section numberEarth fill

Gravel

Concrete

CMU section

Masonry

Rigid insulation

Elevation reference number

Wall Type

Window tag

Building, wall and detail section mark

XXX-XX

X

Sheet numberX-XXInterior and Exterior elevation reference

Sheet number

Section number

XXX-XX

Enlarged plan of detail reference

Enlarged area

Door Tag

10116Room name

X#X/X120

1i

Type Mark

NOM thickness and additional descriptorRating

Room Tag

AColumn Grid

1

New

Existing

Level Line

###Keynote Tag

Revision reference number

Signage Tag

Equipment Tag

View Title # View NameScaleAX.X

View Number

View Reference

1

1t

NameElevation

1tEQ8

S-8

Accessory Tag

Finish Tag ?PT-1

1tPTD-1

Furniture Tag 1tC-8

Ceiling TagACT-18'-0"

Type

Height

© Copyright 2021DS Architecture, LLC. All rights reserved.

Kent, Ohio

Project #:Issue Date:

Issue Description:

Revision Schedule

DS ARCH I TECT R EUCleveland, Ohio

DS Architecture is a Limited Liability Company

10/8/2021 8:15:10 PM

G0.00

Titlesheet

21029Sep. 10, 2021

Planning, Zoning, and Permitting

Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

GeneralG0.00 TitlesheetG1.00 Life Safety Plan

ArchitecturalAS1.00 Architectural Site PlanD1.00 Demolition PlanD2.00 Demolition Reflected Ceiling PlanA0.00 Wall TypesA0.01 Typical Accessibility DetailsA1.00 Floor PlanA2.00 Reflected Ceiling PlanA3.00 Exterior ElevationsA5.00 Interior ElevationsA5.01 Interior ElevationsA6.00 Door Schedule, Notes and DetailsA7.00 Interior DetailsA7.01 Interior DetailsA8.00 Finish ScheduleA8.01 Finish PlanA9.01 Furniture and Equipment PlanA10.00 Architectural SpecificationsA10.01 Architectural SpecificationsA10.02 Architectural Specifications

PlumbingP0.00 Plumbing SpecificationsP1.00 Plumbing Demolition PlansP2.00 Plumbing PlansP3.00 Plumbing Schedules and DetailsP4.00 Plumbing Sanitary Isometric DiagramP4.01 Plumbing Domenstic and Gas Isometric Diagram

MechanicalM0.00 HVAC SpecificationsM1.00 HVAC Demolition PlansM2.00 HVAC PlansM3.00 HVAC Schedules and Details

ElectricalE0.00 Electrical Symbol Legend & Luminaire ScheduleE0.01 Power Distribution Diagram & SchedulesE1.00 Electrical Demolition PlansE2.00 Lighting PlansE3.00 Power PlansE4.00 Electrical Specifications Sheet 1E4.01 Electrical Specifications Sheet 2E4.02 Electrical Specifications Sheet 3

Project DescriptionDrawing Index

Paris Hill Cat Hospital28 Robinson RoadClinton, NY 13323

Project #21029

Planning, Zoning, and PermittingSep. 10, 2021

The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

Interior renovation to an existing 1 story, 4,474 SF veterinary clinic.

Below is a QR Code for the Virtual Tour of the Existing facility. This is for REFERENCE ONLY.

Project Team

General Notes Location Map

Project Location

AbbreviationsAbv aboveA.F.F. above finish floorACT acoustical tilealt alternatealum aluminumA.B. anchor boltanc anchoranod anodizedarch architect(ural)

bsmt basementbrg bearingB.M. bench markbm beamblk blockblkg blockingbot bottombldg buildingBUR built up roofing

cab cabinetCB catch basinc/c center to centerclg ceilingCT ceramic tilecol columnconc concreteCMU concrete masonry unitconst constructioncomp compressioncont continuouscontr contract(or)CJ control jointCF cubic feetCY cubic yard

DB design builderDL dead loaddia diameterdim dimensiondn downdr doorDS downspoutdwg drawingDF drinking fountainDW dishwasher

EC electrical contractorelec electricalelect electric(al)ETR existing to remaineq equalequip equipmentexh exhaustexp expansionext exteriorEW each way

fin finish(ed)flr floor(ing)

PC plumbing contractorpvmt pavementplast plasticP/L property lineplywd plywoodPVC polyvinyl chloridePCF pounds per cubic footperp perpendicularPLF pounds per lineal footPSF pounds per square footPSI pounds per square inch

QT quarry tile

r radiusR/W right of wayrefrig refrigeratorrev revision(s), revisedRA return airRCP reflected ceiling planRD roof drainRO rough openingRS rough sawn

sch schedulesect sectionsht sheetsim similarSC solid corespec specification(s)sq squareSF square feetSS stainless steelstd standardstl steelsto storageSD storm drainSTM storm sewerstr structural

tel telephoneTOM top of masonryT&G tongue and groovetyp typical

UNO unless noted otherwiseur urinal

vert verticalVT vinyl tile

WC water closetWWM welded wire meshWH water heaterw/o withoutw/ withwd wood

# number@ at

fnd foundationft footFD floor drainFO Finished openingftg footingFRT fire resistant treated

ga gaugeGC general contract(or)gl glaze, glazinggr grade, gradingGWB gypsum wall board

hb hose bibhdw hardwareHVAC heating, ventilating,

air conditioningHM hollow metalhgt heighthoriz horizontalHWH hot water heaterincl include(d)(ing)ID inside diameterinsul insulate(d)(ion)int interior

jt jointjst joist

lam laminate(d)LL live load

MC mechanical contractorMH manholemfr manufacture(er)mas masonrymat'l material(s)MO masonry openingmax maximummech mechanic(al)mtl metalmin minimummisc miscellaneousMPM metal panel manufacturer

nom nominalNIC not in contractNTS not to scale

OC on center(s)OFCI Owner furnished,

contractor installedOFCI Owner furnished,

Owner installedO/O out to outo/ on, overopg openingopp oppositeOD outside diameterOH overhead/overhang

Symbol Legend

Owner

NVA

Tel: (570) 337-8478Contact: Robin BrendtEmail: [email protected]

29229 Canwood StreetAgoura Hills, CA 91301

Architect

DS Architecture

Tel: (330) 678 - 6144Contact: Clifford BrownEmail: [email protected]

1020 Huron Rd E, Suite 101Cleveland, Ohio 44115

MEP

WHS Engineering

Tel: (216) 227 - 8505Contact: Jeff ZuntEmail: [email protected]

2012 West 25th Street, Suite 200Cleveland, OH 44113

# DATE DESCRIPTION1 09/27/2021 70% Owner Review2 10/11/2021 Issued for Bid

REF

.

REF.

Life Safety Legend

EXIT

EXIT

Exit

Direction of Egress

1 hour fire barrier.

EATD Exit access travel distance

Remote Point

F.E. Fire Extinguisher. Semi-recessed cabinet to be full depth of wall cavity. See specifications for product details.

Approximate location of fire extinguishers is indicated by "F.E." on the floor plan, however, G.C. is responsible for coordinating fire extinguishers with local fire inspector.

R.P.

CPET Common path of egress travel

Exit Sign

Location of Proposed Draftstopping

Refer to sheet A0.00 - wall types for descriptions of fire-resistance-rated vertical assemblies, including top of wall fire stopping details.

Life Safety Plan General Notes

Indicates braille - typ.

ROOM NAMENO.

S-1

EXIT

S-2

Signage shall be 1/32" raised graphic with grade 2 braille and ICC A117.1 approved character height and spacing.

OXYGEN STORAGE

S-5

RESTROOM

S-3

4"

6"

By Owner

4"

6"

6"

8"

6"

RESTROOM

S-4

6"

8"

IBC Chapter 9 - Fire Protection SystemsIBC 903.2 Automatic Sprinkler Systems

Automatic Sprinkler System not provided

IBC 907 - Fire Alarm and Detection SystemsFire alarm and protection system not provide per Group B per IBC Section 907.2.2

IBC Chapter 10 - Means of EgressTable IBC 1004.5 Occupant Loads

Level 1 4,474/150 = 30 OCC

Total Occupants: 30 TOTAL OCC

IBC 1005 - Egress WidthStairways: 0.3 inches per occupant servedOther egress components: 0.2 inches per occupant served

Table 1006.2.1 Spaces with One Exit or Exit Access DoorwayRefer to life safety plans for common path of egress travel. Distance not to exceed 75'Maximum occupants not to exceed 49

Table 1006.3.1 - Minimum Number of Exits for Occupant LoadOccupant Load 1-500, Minimum Number of Exits per story 2

IBC 1007 - Exit and Exit Access Doorway ConfigurationRefer to life safety plans for separation distance not less than 1/2 the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served.

IBC 1010.1.7 - ThresholdsThresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4" in height for sliding doors serving dwelling units or 1/2" for other doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes greater than 1/4" at doorways shall be beveled with a slope not greater than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50 percent slope).

IBC 1010.1.8 - Door ArrangementSpace between two doors in a series shall be 48" minimum plus the width of a door swinging into the space.

IBC 1010.1.9 - Door OperationsEgress doors shall be readily operable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

Table 1017.2 - Exit Access Travel DistanceMaximum Allowable Exit Travel Distance 200'

IBC Chapter 29 - Plumbing SystemsTable 2902.1 - Minimum Number of Required Plumbing Fixtures

Fixture Type Required ProvidedWater Closet 1:25 (1st 50) + 1:50 = 2 3Lavatories 1:40 (1st 80) + 1:80 = 1 3Drinking Fountain 1/100 0*Service Sink 1 1

Note * Hospitality Station (Bottle Water) provided

Code Data Cont.Applicable CodesUCC: 2018 International Building Code (IBC), 2020 State Energy Conservation Construction Code, 2020 New York State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code, 2020 New York Plumbing Code(2018 International Mechanical Code with amendments), 2020 New York Mechanical Code(2018 International Plumbing Code with amendments), ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009

IBC Chapter 3 - Use and Occupancy ClassificationUse Group: B Business

Table 307.1(1) Maximum Allowable Quanitity per Control Area of Hazardous Material Posing a Physical HazardOxidizing Gas - Maximum Allowable - Less than 1,500 Cubic Feet

Definitions: Control Area - Spaces within a building where quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantities of control area are stored.

IBC Chapter 4 - Special Detailed Requirements Based on Use and OccupancyTable 414.2.2 - Design and Number of Control AreasFloor level above grade plane - 1Fire Resistance rating for fire barriers - 1 Hr.

IBC Chapter 5 - General Building Heights and AreasTable 504.3 - Allowable Building Heights in Feet (Nonsprinklered)

Use Group B 40'

Actual HeightUse Group B 19'-3" ± (Existing Unchanged)

Table 504.4 - Allowable Number Stories (Nonsprinklered)Use Group B 3 Stories

Actual StoriesUse Group B 1 Stories (Existing Unchanged)

Table 506.2 - Allowable Building Area (At) (Nonsprinklered)Use Group B 9,000 SF

Actual AreasUse Group B Level 1: 8,670 SF (Existing Unchanged)

4,474 SF (Area of Renovation)

IBC Chapter 6 - Construction TypesConstruction Classification: VB

Table 601 - Fire-Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements (hours)Primary Structural Frame 0Bearing Walls, Exterior 0Bearing Walls, Interior 0Nonbearing walls and partitions Exterior Table 602Nonbearing walls and partitions Interior 0Floor construction and secondary members 0Roof construction and secondary members 0

Table 602 - Fire Resistance Rating Requirements for Exterior Walls based on Fire Separation Distance

10 < X < 30 0 Hour Rating Required (Existing Unchanged)

IBC Chapter 7 - Fire and Smoke Protection FeaturesTable 705.8 - Maximum Area of Exterior Wall Openings

Fire Separation Distance (feet): 10 to <15Degree of Opening Protection: UnprotectedAllowable Area: 15% (Existing Unchanged)

IBC 718.2.2 - Fireblocking, Concealed Wall SpacesFireblocking shall be installed in concealed spaces of stud walls vertically at the ceiling and floor level and horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10' - 0".

IBC 718.4 - DraftstoppingDraftstopping shall be installed in attics and concealed roof spaces, such that any horizontal area does not exceed 3,000 SF.

IBC Chapter 8 - Interior FinishesTable 803.13 - Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish Requirements by Occupancy

Exit Enclosures and Passages ACorridors BRooms and Enclosed Spaces C

IBC 804.4 - Interior Floor Finish RequirementsGroup B, Non-Sprinklered = Class II

Code Data

A. ADA compliant tactile signs must mounted at the height in compliance with code. Additional signs required for the locations must be mounted above or below the ADA tactile sign.

B. All accessible signs mounted to latch side of door. Fixed acrylic sign w/ raised letters (white letters on dark field) and braille shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and ICC A117.1-2009 section 703. See also Accessibility Details Sheet A0.01

C. Code required tactile signge provided and installed by Contractor. Additional room identification signage by Owner.

Signage General Notes

4474 SFBusiness

EXIT

R.P.

EXIT

F.E.

F.E.

CPE

T =

64'-6

"

EATD = 103'-6"

EATD

= 1

12'-0

"

Location of proposed draftstopping NOTE: Contractor shall line item cost in bid to provide draftstopping.

Hospitality station providing bottled water

See sheet AS1.00 for accessible route to parking

S-4

S-2

S-2

S-3

S-2

S-5


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:22 PM

G1.00

Life Safety Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N1/8" = 1'-0"

1 Life Safety Plan


REF.

A3.00

3

A3.002

A3.00

A3.00

1

4

Existing 1 Story Metal Building to Remain

Existing Vacant Tenant Space

to Remain

Project Scope in this AreaLimited to Interior Renovations

Robinson Rd.

New landscaping around building by Owner

Transformer

16

9

2

3

5

6

Site Parking: 41 Total Spaces (Total includes 2 Accessible ADA Spaces)

Van Accesible Sign,NY No Parking Signage by Owner

Accessible route to entrance. Cross slope along path not to exceed 2%.

Existing trees to remain

New LED soffit lighting along dashed line by Owner

New pole mounted LED parking lot lighting installed by Owner

New lantern style pole lights by Owner, typ. of 4

New lantern closest to street must occur outside 50' Right of Way

Existing entry/exit drive

Proposed building area for new Paris Hill Cat Hospital (approx. 4,474SF)

- Flowers planted by entrances- Hedge row bushes along building edge

Relocated Paris Hill Cat Hospital sign. Lanlord to provide electrical for sign lighting.

A. Project scope is limited to interior renovations. This plan has been provided for reference only.

B. All exterior improvements shown are by Owner and are not part of this project scope.

General Notes

Finish grade

60" m

in.

Concrete footing.

Sign post

Notes:1. One sign per handicapped space.

R7-8

R7-8A


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:06 PM

AS1.00

Architectural Site Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N1" = 40'-0"

1 Architectural Site Plan

1/2" = 1'-0"

2 Accessible Parking Sign


D01

D03

D04

D06

D03

D07

D06

D06

D06

D06

D29

D02

D29

D02

D02

D03

D02

D05

D08

D09

D09

D13

D08

D09

D11

D05

D14

D10D10

D12

D15

D15

D15

D16

D11

D01

D01

D01

D18

D19

D19

D04

D04

D27

D27 D27

D28

D30

D09

D09

D31

D09

D32

D17

D17

1A7.01

A. Items to be removed are shown as a bold dashed line and/or noted specifically to beremoved.

B. Demolition of walls shall include all devices, frames, doors, equipment, etc. within or onunless noted otherwise.

C. The order of the demolition notes is not intended to imply the order of the work.

D. These documents have been prepared based upon visible conditions available forinspection and owner's record documents. Certain areas and portions of the work mayvary from conditions indicated herein when uncovered at the site. Each contractor shallfield verify all existing conditions and promptly notify the architect of any discrepancies.

E. Verify all existing dimensions and conditions prior to initiating work. Coordinate limits ofdemolition work with requirements of new work.

F. Refer to plumbing, mechanical, and electrical drawings as well as architectural details forthe extent of demolition required to complete the finished intent and for demolition notshown on this sheet. Coordinate all demolition with all trades. For demolition ofmechanical, plumbing and electrical items, refer to mechanical, plumbing and electricalsheets.

G. Maintain the weather tightness of the building at all times.

H. Provide shoring, bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of areasto remain during and subsequent to demolition; such effort is the responsibility of thecontractor as means and methods.

I. The contractor shall erect temp. fences, partitions and barriers as required to maintainpublic health and safety, as well as to maintain egress and exit requirements.

J. The contractor shall erect temporary dust partitions or temporarily retain existing partitionsas required and provide ventilation equipment to prevent the migration of dust and debrisand to separate public and/or occupied areas from work areas.

K. The contractor shall locate, identify and protect all site utility distribution services asrequired prior to commencing the work. The contractor shall identify and protect all utilitydistribution services exposed during progress of the work.

L. Locations of existing storm, sanitary, gas, water, electric, and other utility lines indicatedare approximate. Coordinate all work with the affected utility companies prior to initiationof any demolition.

M. If during the course of demolition, unstable conditions are encountered, the contractorshall immediately notify the Owner and architect of such conditions and protect safety ofall construction site personnel.

N. The owner maintains first right of refusal for all items scheduled to be removed. Removeall items with care and for possible salvage. Protect and properly store all items to be re-installed in new work.

O. Re-support existing equipment, piping, conduit, etc. to remain as required followingdemolition of specified work.

P. Remove existing floor and ceiling finishes where new are scheduled, unless notedotherwise.

Q. Prevent dust from becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors, and to other workbeing performed on or near the site. Maintain clear paths to required exits at all times.

R. Existing ceiling grids are to remain unless noted otherwise. All ceiling pads to be replacedw/ new. All lighting in work area to be replaced. In existing ceiling areas shown onReflected Ceiling Plan with new fixtures, remove existing fixtures during demolition. Referto electrical drwings.

S. All ceiling diffusers to be replaced with new. refer to mechanical drawings. Provide allcomponents as necessary to reinstall existing equipment into new ceiling.

T. Where walls are noted to be patched following demolition activities, match existingadjacent surface textures.

Demolition General Notes

Existing wall to remain.

Existing doors to remain.

Existing wall to be demolished

Existing door to be demolished

Demolition Plan Legend


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:07 PM

D1.00

Demolition Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Demolition Plan

Keynote Legend

D01 Remove window and/or door complete and infill wall openings. New surface to beflush with adjacent. Prepare for new finishes as specified. Coordinate with newwork plan as necessary.

D02 Remove portion of wall as required for installation of new door.D03 Remove free standing closet shelving, metal shelving, lockers, etc. and remit to

Landlord, typ.D04 Remove existing wall mounted shelf.D05 Remove door, door frame, and hardware, complete.D06 Remove existing flooring (carpet, vinyl plank, vinyl sheet, etc.), wall base, and chair

rail throughout leased space, typ. U.N.O.D07 Remove drywall on BOTH sides of wall and prepare studs to receive new finish.

Coordinate with new work plan as necessary.D08 Existing drain, refer to Plumbing drawings.D09 Remove plumbing fixture. Coordinate w/ plumbing drawings.D10 Remove partition, complete. Patch and repar existing adjacent walls to remain.D11 Remove toilet partitions.D12 Remove portion of existing partition as shown. Coordinate extents w/ new work

plans.D13 Remove wall mounted light fixture. Coordinate w/ electrical drawings.D14 Remove door and partition wall. Modify or rebuild head condition to maintain

bulkhead between room areas where existing ceilings remain. Coordinate w/ceiling plans. Patch and repair existing adjacent walls to remain.

D15 Remove all window blinds in project area, typ.D16 Remove wall mounted toilet accessories in this room. Salvage for possible

reinstallation.D17 Remove mirror and salvage for reinstallation.D18 Remove built-in closet shelves, complete.D19 Door and/or window to be removed by landlor prior to Project commencement.D27 Remove plastic laminate counter.D28 Remove existing door threshold.D29 Existing wainscot and wall base to remain in this room. Remove wall base with

care and salvage for resinatallation following flooring removal / replacement.D30 Existing floor finish to remain in vestible.D31 Remove casework complete.D32 Remove sliding window hardware and glazing. Window casing and trim to remain.


ATTENTION DEMOLITION SUBCONTRACTORS :PLEASE INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING IN YOUR BID.DEMO ALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID AND TILEDEMO ALL EXISITNG LIGHTING PER PLANSDEMOILISH ALL HVAC DUCTWORK, GRILL AND REGISTERS PER M1.OO

REF.

A. Items to be removed are shown as a bold dashed line and/or noted specifically to beremoved.

B. Demolition of walls shall include all devices, frames, doors, equipment, etc. within or onunless noted otherwise.

C. The order of the demolition notes is not intended to imply the order of the work.

D. These documents have been prepared based upon visible conditions available forinspection and owner's record documents. Certain areas and portions of the work mayvary from conditions indicated herein when uncovered at the site. Each contractor shallfield verify all existing conditions and promptly notify the architect of any discrepancies.

E. Verify all existing dimensions and conditions prior to initiating work. Coordinate limits ofdemolition work with requirements of new work.

F. Refer to plumbing, mechanical, and electrical drawings as well as architectural details forthe extent of demolition required to complete the finished intent and for demolition notshown on this sheet. Coordinate all demolition with all trades. For demolition ofmechanical, plumbing and electrical items, refer to mechanical, plumbing and electricalsheets.

G. Maintain the weather tightness of the building at all times.

H. Provide shoring, bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of areasto remain during and subsequent to demolition; such effort is the responsibility of thecontractor as means and methods.

I. The contractor shall erect temp. fences, partitions and barriers as required to maintainpublic health and safety, as well as to maintain egress and exit requirements.

J. The contractor shall erect temporary dust partitions or temporarily retain existing partitionsas required and provide ventilation equipment to prevent the migration of dust and debrisand to separate public and/or occupied areas from work areas.

K. The contractor shall locate, identify and protect all site utility distribution services asrequired prior to commencing the work. The contractor shall identify and protect all utilitydistribution services exposed during progress of the work.

L. Locations of existing storm, sanitary, gas, water, electric, and other utility lines indicatedare approximate. Coordinate all work with the affected utility companies prior to initiationof any demolition.

M. If during the course of demolition, unstable conditions are encountered, the contractorshall immediately notify the Owner and architect of such conditions and protect safety ofall construction site personnel.

N. The owner maintains first right of refusal for all items scheduled to be removed. Removeall items with care and for possible salvage. Protect and properly store all items to be re-installed in new work.

O. Re-support existing equipment, piping, conduit, etc. to remain as required followingdemolition of specified work.

P. Remove existing floor and ceiling finishes where new are scheduled, unless notedotherwise.

Q. Prevent dust from becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors, and to other workbeing performed on or near the site. Maintain clear paths to required exits at all times.

R. Existing ceiling grids are to remain unless noted otherwise. All ceiling pads to be replacedw/ new. All lighting in work area to be replaced. In existing ceiling areas shown onReflected Ceiling Plan with new fixtures, remove existing fixtures during demolition. Referto electrical drwings.

S. All ceiling diffusers to be replaced with new. refer to mechanical drawings. Provide allcomponents as necessary to reinstall existing equipment into new ceiling.

T. Where walls are noted to be patched following demolition activities, match existingadjacent surface textures.

Demolition General Notes

D13 D13

D21

D20

D23

D22

D20

D22

D22

D25

D25

D23

D20

D26

D26

D26

D26

D24

D26

Demolish ACT ceiling.

Demolish drop-in light fixture. Coordinate extents of demolition with electrical dwgs.

Demolish supply diffuser. Coordinate extents of demolition with mechanical dwgs.

Demolish return register. Coordinate extents of demolition with mechanical dwgs.

Demolished recessed can light. Coordinate extents of demolition with electrical dwgs.

Demolition Reflected Ceiling Plan Legend


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:10 PM

D2.00

Demolition ReflectedCeiling Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

Keynote Legend

D13 Remove wall mounted light fixture. Coordinate w/ electrical drawings.D20 All existing light fixtures to be replaced w/ new, typ. Coordinate with electrical dwgs.D21 Remove ceiling fan.D22 Existing emergency exit signs to be replaced with new, typ. Coordinate with electrical

dwgs.D23 Existing diffusers to be replaced w/ new, typ. Coordinate w/ mechanical dwgs.D24 Modify existing bulkhead to leave 1" of finished gyp. below ceiling height.D25 Existing ceiling grids to remain unless noted otherwise, typ.D26 Modify or replace ceiling grid in areas shown shaded. Coordinate extents of demolition

with new work plans.

N1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Demolition Reflected Ceiling Plan



dmarion

Highlight

F - FurringG - GypsumB - BrickM - Masonry (CMU)C - Concrete

P - Partial height above ceilingK - Kneewall - Below ceiling

60 - 1 Hour fire rated120 - 2 Hour fire ratedS - Smoke partition

Partition material

Nominal height

Partition rating

30 - 30 Minute fire rated

G5P/A30

Partition Material

"/A" = Acoustical attenuation batts required

Fire rating in minutes (no rating required if omitted)

Nominal wall thickness

Head condition indicator.Wall is to deck if indicator is omitted.

Wall Tag Legend

A. Refer to room finish plans and schedules for all interior finish materials, colors andlocations.

B. All interior fire rated partitions shall be constructed continuous from floor to underside oftruss framing or blocking with fire rated ceiling as required to maintain fire rating.

C. Each contractor shall be responsible to firestop their own penetrations thru fire rated walland floor assemblies. Refer to life safety plans for locations of fire rated assemblies. Eachcontractor shall seal all penetrations in non-rated corridor walls to prevent the passage ofsmoke.

D. At locations of tile finish, substitute tile backer board for gypsum board.

E. Provide moisture resistant gypsum board at all plumbing fixture locations unless a tilefinish occurs which requires a tile backer board. extend minimum 3 feet in each directionfrom the centerline of the fixture horiz. and from the floor to 8'-0" a.f.f. vertically.

F. Provide moisture resistant gypsum board at all locations that are below grade and at pipechases.

G. Install supplemental framing and bracing at terminations for the support of including butnot limited to fixtures, etc. in partitions typical.

H. Only approved products bearing the appropriate classification marking, company name,trademark or other recognized identification label shall be used in the fire ratedassemblies.

Wall Type General Notes

Gypsum Wallboard AssembliesType of Penetrant F-Rating (HR) UL-Classified System

W-L-8014

W-L-1095, W-L-8013

W-L-7040, W-L-7042

W-L-7017, W-L-7040, W-L-7042

W-L-5073

W-L-5028, W-L-5029,W-L-5047

W-L-8014

W-L-4011, W-L-4019

W-L-3139

W-L-3065, W-L-3111, W-L-3112

W-L-2184

W-L-2078, W-L-2075, W-L-2128

W-L-1054, W-L-1058, W-L-1164

W-L-1110, W-L-1111

1

2

4

1

2

4

1

2

4

1

2

3

1

2

3

Metal pipes or conduit

Non-metallic pipe or conduit

Single or bundledcables

Cable tray

Insulated pipes

Non-insulated mechanical ductwork w/out dampers

1

2

Mixed penetrants

1

2

4

3

2

1A

1B

A

A

SECTION A-A

5/8" Type X GYP BDStuds

Control joint, both sides5/8" Type X GYP BD

Joint compound and tape

GYP BDStuds

Control joint

Non-rated walls:Single runner deflection track with continuous lateral bracing strap

Long leg runner attached to deck with anchors 2'-0" o.c. max. - do not connect to studs or GWB below

Underside of roof truss or blocking

Top (outer) runner attached to deck with anchors 2'-0" o.c. max.

Continuous strap or channel bracing at top of wall

3 5/8"

3/4"

System Performance:1 HR FireUL Design Test No. U415

Min. 2 1/2" deep J-runner, 24 ga. min.

Min. 2 1/2" deep C-H studs, 25 ga. min., at 24" OC max.1" gypsum liner panel

5/8" gypsum board

STC 50

Acoustical sealant cont. both sides

3" sound attenuation blanket to underside of deck above

Top

Underside of roof truss or blocking

Steel runner between studs at ceiling

Base

5/8" GWB - stagger vertical joints one stud cavity on opposite sides of wall

Steel bottom runner attached with anchors @ 2'-0" o.c. Max.

5/8" 3 5/8" 5/8"

1/4"

Nom

.1/

4" N

om.

A0.006

Floor assembly

Fin. clg. may occur. Coordinate w/ RCP.

Wall base may occur. Coordinate w/ fin. schedule

This assembly to meet UL #U419-1HR for G5/A-60 walls

Floor assembly

2-layers 5/8" GWB on EXISTING studs

Fill existing stud cavities w/ 3" sound attenuation blanket to underside of truss above

Underside of truss or blockingTop

Base

5/8" 5/8"




F6/A Gyp. Non-Rated(New Gyp on Existing Studs)

Horizontal furring at ceiling

1-layer 5/8" GWB on EXISTING studs

X-Ray (112) side of wall

Floor assembly

2-layers 5/8" GWB

Fill stud cavities w/ 3" sound attenuation blanket to underside of truss above


Base

5/8" 3 5/8" 5/8" 5/8"




G5.5/A Gyp. Non-Rated



5 1/2"

1-layers 5/8" GWB

Floor assembly

2-layers 5/8" GWB on EXISTING studs

Fill existing stud cavities w/ 3" sound attenuation blanket to underside of truss above


Base

5/8" 5/8"




F5.5/A Gyp. Non-Rated(New Gyp on Existing Studs)


1-layer 5/8" GWB on EXISTING studs



Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:13:25 PM

A0.00

Wall Types

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

9Fire Rated Control Jt, Typin All Rated Walls

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

8 Typ Gyp Bd Control Jt3" = 1'-0"

6Deflection Track Detail -Single Runner

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

7 Rated Ceiling Detail

3" = 1'-0"

1 G5/A Gyp. 1HR Rate / Non-Rated

3" = 1'-0"

5 F1/A Gyp. Non-Rated

3" = 1'-0"

2 G5.5/A Gyp. Non-Rated3" = 1'-0"

4 F0.5/A Gyp. Non-Rated


1 1/4" Min. - 2" Max

1 1/2"

Grab bar(Figures 609.2 and 609.3)

1 1/4" Min. - 2" Max

1 1/2" Min.

Handrail Clearance(Figures 505.5 and 505.7)

Min

.

12"

1 1/

2" M

in.

Protruding Object

Protruding Object

Circular grab bar

Circular handrail

1/4"

- 1/

2"

21

1/4"

Max

.

1/2"

Max

.

21

Push side

Note: X = 12" min. if door has both a closer and latch.

(A)Front approaches - swinging doors

Pull side

32" Min.

18" Min.

X

60" M

in.

48" M

in.

Push side

X = 12" minimum & Y = 48" minimum if door has both a latch and closer.

Note:

(B)Hinge side approaches - swinging doors

Note: All doors in alcoves shall comply with the clearances for front approaches.

Pull side

X = 36" minimum if Y = 60"X = 42" minimum if Y = 54"

Note:

32" Min

X

X

Y =

42" M

in.

Y

Push side

X = 48" minimum if door has closer.

Note:

(C)Latch side approaches - swinging doors

Pull side

X = 54" minimum if door has closer.

Note:

X =

48" M

in.

32" Min.

24" Min. 24" Min.

X =

42" M

in.

Note: All doors in alcoves shall comply with the clearances for front approaches.

Min.

22"

15" M

in.

48" M

ax

Unobstructed Forward Reach(Figure 308.2.1)

Obstructed Forward Reach(Figure 308.2.2(a) and (b))

48" M

ax

20" Max.

(a) (b)

44" M

ax.

>20"-25" Max.

15" M

in.

48" M

ax.

Unobstructed Side Reach(Figure 308.3.1)

34" M

ax.

48" M

ax.

Max.

10"

Max.

10"

34" M

ax.

46" M

ax.

>10"- 24" Max.

Obstructed High Side Reach(Figure 308.3.2(a) and (b))

(a) (b)

Dispenser outlet location

Side View (Figure 604.5.1 and Figure 604.7)Front View (Figure 604.5.2)Lavatory and dispensers

(Reference Section 306 - Knee and Toe Clearance; and Section 606 - Lavatories and Sinks)

Handle toopen side

Mirror

Soap dispenser,or towel dispenser

Provide ADApipe wrap

Top

of H

oriz

. Gra

b Ba

r

33" -

36"

Max.

12"

42" Max.

54" Min.

39" - 41"

Top

of H

oriz

. Gra

b Ba

r

33" -

36"

Botto

m o

f Ver

t. G

rab

Bar

39" -

41"

Min

.

9" edge

of r

efle

ctiv

e su

rface

40" M

ax. t

o bo

ttom

Top

of R

im

34" M

ax.

27" M

in.

For M

axim

um H

eigh

t

See

Tabl

e 60

3.6

11" Min. 6" Max.

Min.

8"

Toe/knee clearance

24" Min.

Accessible Urinal Detail (Figure 308.2.2 and Figure 605.2)

To T

op o

f Rim

17" M

ax.

To H

ighe

st O

pera

ble

Part

48" M

ax.

Note:

* All references to ICC/ ANSI A117.1-2009 unless noted otherwise

* Maximum operable height for any device is 4'-0" A.F.F.

* Provide blocking for any wall mounted device

* All dimensions shown are from finish surface

Min.

24"

Min.

12"

Top

of S

eat

17" -

19"

Clear Floor Space

48"

Floo

r Spa

ce

30" C

lear

Wal

l

Clear Floor Space

48"

Floo

r Spa

ce

30" C

lear

Wal

l

Min.

13 1/2"

Botto

m o

f Ver

t. G

rab

Bar

39" -

41"

Min.

36"

Min

.

18"

7" - 9"

48"

Max

.

42" Min. Grab Bar

18" Min. Grab Bar

18" Min. Grab Bar

17" - 25"

36" Min.

16" - 18"

60" Min.

6" Max.

Max

.

12"

42" M

in.

32" Min., Clear

Max.4"

59" M

in. w

/ Flo

or M

ount

ed W

.C.

56" M

in. w

/ Wal

l Mou

nted

W.C

.

Wall

Wall

Standard ADA Stall(Figures 604.2, 604.9.2, and 604.9.3.1(a) and (b))

Side Door Location

Max

.4"

42" M

in.

55" M

in. w

/ Flo

or M

o unt

ed W

.C.

52" M

in. w

/ Wal

l Hun

g W

.C.

36" Max.

Centerline of dispenser

1 1/2" min. clear at protruding dispenser

80" M

in.

Max.4"

X >

27"

Limits of Protruding Objects (Figure 307.2)

Wall mounted object

TEXT

To b

asel

ine

of c

hara

cter

s

60" M

ax.

To b

asel

ine

of c

hara

cter

s

48" M

in.

Centered on tactile characters 18" Min.

Height of Tactile Characters Above Finished Floor or Ground (Figure 703.3.10)

Location of Tactile Signs at Doors (Figure 703.3.11)

18"

Min

.

TEXTTEXTTEXT


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:13:26 PM

A0.01

Typical AccessibilityDetails

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


REF

.

REF.

A. All interior walls are type G5/A u.n.o. Refer to sheet A0.00 for wall type information.

B. Firestop all penetrations through rated walls and through all floor assemblies.

C. Gypsum board exposed to view shall have a level 4 finish u.n.o.

D. Following demolition activities, patch all existing walls and floors necessary to accept newfinishes or to match existing adjacent finishes (to remain).

E. Unless otherwise stated, patching and repair of areas to remain following demolition,including required touch-up following the installation of new work, shall be theresponsibility of the general contractor. Patch all openings resulting from the removal ofexisting structural, fire protection, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work.

F. Patch and repair all existing floor systems as required and at all locations of demolishedwalls, partitions, fixtures, equipment, flooring and/or anchorage/fastenings. Prepare allexisting floors to receive new floor finishes. Unless otherwise indicated patch floors tomatch adjacent existing surfaces. Where demolition of interior walls/partitions result invariation in adjacent elevations, grind concrete floor surfaces to provide level floorsurfaces. Upon completion of the demolition work, the floor area shall be level andsmooth.

G. Door frames to be 4’’ off adjacent wall u.n.o.

H. Interior dimensions are from finish face to finish face u.n.o. Exterior dimension are to faceof masonry or cladding u.n.o.

I. Refer to door schedules on A6.00.

J. Provide sill seal at all metal framing to concrete connections.

K. See architectural elevations for window head and sill elevations.

L. Provide FRT solid wood blocking for wall mounted and recessed accessories, fixtures,equipment handrails, grab bars, wall cabinets, etc. on stud partition walls

M. Refer to finish schedules on A8.00.

Floor Plan General Notes

Existing wall to remain.

New walls.

New windows.

Existing doors to remain.

New doors.

Plan Legend

101Vestibule

102Waiting

113Exam 5

104Boarding

105DVM Offices

106DVM Offices

109

HM Office/Conf. Rm.

110

Staff BreakRm.114

Women's Rm.

116Laundry

117Hall

118Server/Storage

119Exam 1

120Exam 2

121Exam 3

124Exam 4

123

Lab/Pharmacy& Tech

Stations

126

RecoveryCages

127Prep

128Surgery

129Dental

103Reception

112X-Ray

111Treatment

122Hall

10'-0"

10'-0

"

10'-0"

A5.01

A5.00

16

15

A5.0019

A5.01

4

3

1

2

A5.01

10

11

A5.01

19

18

A5.01

12

13

A5.01 15

14

17

16

A5.01

101

102

122

126

123C

123B

123A

119120121

118A

114

110B

110A

109

106

105104

128

5

8

9

18

A5.00

13

14

11

A5.00

7

109

8

A5.00 5

A5.00 4 A5.017

6

A5.00 1

7'-0

"

1'-9"

7'-3

1/8

"

107ISO

115Men's Rm.

107

111

112

113123A

129

123B

116

125O2

125

124

118A

118B

115

5'-1

"

5'-0"

2'-1

3/4

"3'

-0"

2'-1

7/8

"

1"

6 1/

2"2'-2

" 4"

9'-0

"3'

-9"

5'-2"

F1/A

F1/A F1/A

G5/A60

G5/A 60

G5/A60

G5/A 60

Align

6"

3'-0" 4'-4 1/4"

Align

2'-10 1/2"

6'-6 1/4"

1'-3

"

Align studs for flush finishes

Align new walls to existing wall faces at corner

Soffit above

Soffit Above

3

2

6

18" M

in.

17

1001

1002

1002

5'-0

"

G5.5/

A

G5.5/AG5.5/A



F0.5/A

G5/A

A5.01 5 1003

5'-0"

0802

A5.01 5

F0.5/A

F0.5/AF0.5/A

F0.5/

A

9'-2 5/8" F.V.

EQ EQ EQ1'-6

"

0603

0904

0803

0804

0604

0604

12

0905

1004

0806

1005

1'-6"

5'-0

"

20

2'-1"

1A7.01


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:13:38 PM

A1.00

Floor Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

Keynote Legend

0603 Provide new plastic laminate casework in closet. 3 equal shelfing units horizontallyw/ 1 fixed shelf at mid-height and 2 adjustable shelves above and below fixedshelf.

0604 New solid surface counter. See finish plan for materials.0802 New window by Landlord to be installed prior to project commencement.0803 Door to receive new accessible threshold. See door schedule and hardware

specifications.0804 Door to be repainted by Landlord. Coordinate w/ NVA to select color.0806 Provide sliding door lock hardware to secure all 3 leafs of closet doors.0904 Wall types enclosing X-Ray 112 are subject to change based on pending Physicist

Analysis.0905 Provide FRP in womesn restroom to 48" High, see finish plans.1001 Reinstall salvaged tall mirror, coordinate final loc. w/ Owner in field.1002 GC to provide and install accessible restroom signage.1003 Enameled metal, overhead braced toilet paritions.1004 Reinstall salvage wide vanity mirror with reflective surface at 39" A.F.F.1005 Reinstall wall mounted toilet accessories. Verify with Owner if relocated Z-fold

paper towel dispensers or salvaged roll dispensers are to be used in this room.

N1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Floor Plan


REF.

Gyp. Bd. Ceiling or Soffit

2x4 Acoustical Ceiling Panelw/ suspension system (ACT-1)

2'x2' Recessed light fixture

2'x4' Recessed light fixture

1'x4' Recessed Light Fixture

Exit sign

Return air grille

Supply air grille

Exhaust grille

Ceiling mounted treatment light fixture, refer to Equipment Schedule (A9.02). Provided by Owners Vendor, coordinate blocking and structural support. General Contractor to provide a min. of metal kickers, support plate and thru bollts to secure fixture.

Reflected Ceiling Plan Legend

A. All acoustical ceiling systems are type ACT-1 unless noted otherwise.

B. All ceiling heights are 7’-8" A.F.F. unless noted otherwise.

C. Refer to electrical and mechanical drawings for detailed information regarding lightingfixtures, diffusers, etc.

D. Acoustical ceiling grids are existing to remain unless or noted otherwise. All acousticalceiling pads shall be replaced, see ACT-1 in specifications for product information.

E. Center all fixtures in ceiling tiles unless noted or dimensioned otherwise.

F. Provide a level 5 finish on gypsum board ceilings.

G. Paint all exposed structure including conduit, piping and ductwork, unless notedotherwise.

H. For locations labeled as "ETR" (existing to remain), patch, fill, and fix any damaged areasand areas affected by new construction.

I. See sheet A9.02 for Equipment Schedule.

Reflected Ceiling Plan General Notes

101Vestibule

102Waiting

113Exam 5

104Boarding

105DVM Offices

106DVM Offices

109

HM Office/Conf. Rm.110

Staff BreakRm.

114Women's Rm.

116Laundry

117Hall

118Server/Storage

119Exam 1

120Exam 2

121Exam 3

124Exam 4

123

Lab/Pharmacy& Tech

Stations

126

RecoveryCages

127Prep

128Surgery

129Dental

103Reception

112X-Ray

111Treatment

122Hall

107ISO

108Prep

125O2

115Men's Rm.

0902

0902 0902

0901

EQ-14

EQ-14


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:13:42 PM

A2.00

Reflected Ceiling Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

Keynote Legend

0901 1HR Rated ceiling assembly. See detail 7/A0.00.0902 Modify or replace ceiling grid in areas shown shaded. Align grid with existing

adjacent where present.

N1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Reflected Ceiling PLan



Level 10"

Demising line between tenant spaces

Level 10"

Shaded area cut through adjacent vacant tenant space

Existing Brick

Exterior Elevation Legend

Existing Vinyl Siding

Level 10"

0802

Level 10"

Demising line between tenant spaces

A. Project scope is limited to interior renovations. These elevations have been provided forreference only.

B. All exterior improvements shown are by Owner and are not part of this project scope.

General Notes


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:13:44 PM

A3.00

Exterior Elevations

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1/8" = 1'-0"AS1.003 South

1/8" = 1'-0"AS1.004 West

1/8" = 1'-0"

2 East1/8" = 1'-0"

1 North

Keynote Legend

0802 New window by Landlord to be installed prior to project commencement.


A. Provide FRT solid wood blocking for wall mounted and recessed accessories, fixtures,equipment handrails, grab bars, wall cabinets, etc. on stud partition walls.

B. Provider filler strips at cabinets as required.

C. Refer to finish schedules and plan on A8.00 and A8.01.

Interior Elevation General Notes

6'-8

"

3'-6

"

4'-0

"

1'-6

"

Shower valve

Shower head

Receptacle

Push plateThermostatHumidistat

8" 8" 8"

4'-0

"

Phone jackLight switch

4'-0

"

Combination Towel Waste

Recptacle

2'-9

"

Baby Changing Station

Mirror(To bottom of

reflective surface)

3'-0"

Paper Towel Dispenser

4'-0

"

Robe Hook

1'-6

"

Soap Dispenser

1'-6

"

Toilet Tissue Dispenser

4'-6

"

Fire Extinguisher

Cabinet may occur

House Keeping

5'-6

"

3'-0

"

Mop basin

Service faucet & controls

Mop/Broom HolderUtility Shelf

GB-36 (3'-0")

6"

2'-1

0"

GB-18 (1'-6")GB-42 (3'-6")

2'-1

0"

3'-4

"

1'-0" 3'-6"

3'-4" Face

of w

all

Face

of w

all

*Typical accessory items, some items may not occur in project.Mounting heights are standard U.N.O. in drawings.

3'-4

"

Waste Recptacle

Seat Cover Dispenser

4'-0

"

4'-0

"

4'-6

"

8"Data

2'-6

" 4'-0

"

Sanitary Napkin

Dispenser

110A

2'-0

"2'

-2"

2'-1

0"

EQ-14

EQ-6

EQ-131209

111

EQ-14

2'-0

"

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

0601

1209 EQ-14 EQ-13

EQ-6EQ-15

2'-3" 2'-4 3/4" 2'-3" 2'-4 1/4" 2'-0"

2'-9" 5'-9" 2'-9"

1207

2'-6" 4'-4"

EQ-12

13A7.00

5A7.00

EQ-11

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

4'-4"

125

1A7.00

14A7.00

8A7.00

2'-1" 1'-6" 1'-6" 2'-11 3/4" 1'-6" 2'-1"

7/8" 2'-9" 6'-0" 2'-9" 7/8"

13A7.00

2'-6

"2'

-0"

2'-0

"105

6A7.00

1A7.00

2'-1"1'-6"3'-7 1/8"1'-6"

2'-0

"2'

-0"

2'-6

"

1A7.00

6A7.00

2'-0

"2'

-0"

2'-6

"

2'-1" 1'-6" 5'-2" 1'-6" 1'-6" 2'-1"

1A7.00

14A7.00

1A7.00

2'-1"

11 3/4"

3'-6" 5'-1"

2'-9" 3'-9 3/4"

2'-6

"2'

-0"

2'-0

"

13A7.00

6A7.00

2'-6

"2'

-0"

2'-0

"

1'-6"

EQ-33

12A7.00

2'-1" 3'-5"

6A7.00

14A7.00

13A7.00

2'-1"5'-9 3/4"1'-6"

2'-9" 3'-10 3/4" 2'-9"

2'-0

"2'

-0"

2'-6

"

FRP to 48" A.F.F.

MR-1

PTD-1SD-1

GB-36

GB-18

GB-42

TTD-1

FRP to 48" A.F.F.

GB-18

GB-42 GB-36

TTD-1

FRP to 48" A.F.F.

PTD-1

MR-1

SD-1

0601

1207

8'-0"3'-8"

EQ-29104

2'-0

"

2A7.01

FRP up to 60" A.F.F.

5'-0" 3'-0"

7'-0

"

EQ-24

EQ-24

1207

EQ-25

1207

104


1207

EQ-25

7'-0

"


EQ-24

EQ-24

4'-0"

0805


1207

EQ-25

1'-6" 1'-6"

5'-3

1/2

"

4A7.01

EQ-29

EQ-38

EQ-37

3'-0"

3'-1" 3'-0" 1'-0" 3'-0"

2'-0

"2'

-2"

2'-1

0"

5A7.00

1A7.00

14A7.00

8A7.00


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:16 PM

A5.00

Interior Elevations

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

Keynote Legend

0601 Cage platform. 3/4" ACX plywood on all sides except wall. 2x4 pressure treatedwood frames at 24" o.c. w/ blocking between each frame. Paint faces to match walland provide wall base to match base as scheduled for room. Field verifydimensions of base required for actual width of cages to be supported.

0805 Provide new 1/4" clear tempered safety glazing in existing window opening. Fixglacing in place with 3/4" quarter round wood glazing stops painted to matchcasing.

1207 Install relocated cages from Owner. Verify final number and location of cages infield with Owner, typ.

1209 Casework, countertop, or equipment by Owner Vendor shown shaded, typ.

1/4" = 1'-0"Standard Mounting Heights

1/4" = 1'-0"

16 Treatment Room North1/4" = 1'-0"

15 Treatment Room West

1/4" = 1'-0"

4 Hall Station

1/4" = 1'-0"

10 DVM 1 East1/4" = 1'-0"

7 DVM 1 North1/4" = 1'-0"

8 DVM 1 South1/4" = 1'-0"

9 DVM 1 West

1/4" = 1'-0"

5 DVM 2 East1/4" = 1'-0"

6 DVM 2 North1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Men - East1/4" = 1'-0"

3 Men - North1/4" = 1'-0"

2 Men - South

1/4" = 1'-0"

17 Treatment - South

1/4" = 1'-0"

11 Boarding East

1/4" = 1'-0"

13 Boarding North1/4" = 1'-0"

14 Boarding South

Toilet Accessories

Type Mark Description Provided By Installed ByGB-18 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 18"L Contractor ContractorGB-36 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 36"L Contractor ContractorGB-42 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 42"L Contractor ContractorMR-1 24" x 36" MirrorPTD-1 Bobrick B-262 Classic Series Surface Mounted

Paper Towel DispenserContractor Contractor

SND-1 Bobrick B-254 Surface Mounted SanitaryNapkin Disposal

Contractor Contractor

TTD-1 Bobrick B-2740 Surface Mounted Double ToiletTissue Dispenser


1/4" = 1'-0"

12 Boarding West

1/4" = 1'-0"

18 Staff Room East1/4" = 1'-0"

19 Staff Room West


13A7.00

5'-0"

5'-0"

11A7.00

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

123B

EQ-27 EQ-274A7.00

13A7.00

9A7.00

14A7.00

2'-0

"2'

-2"

2'-1

0"

2'-0"1'-6"2'-6"4'-2 1/8"2'-0"3'-8"2'-0"2'-0"

OpenOpen

5A7.00

1A7.01

2'-9" 4'-11" 2'-0" 7'-5 1/8" 2'-9"

2'-0

"2'

-2"

2'-1

0"

123A

9A7.00

4A7.00

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

2'-0" 1'-6" 1'-6"

25" deep counter against this wall

123C

2'-9" 5'-2"

3A7.01

7'-0

"

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

FRP to 36" A.F.F.

2A7.00

14A7.00

2'-1

0"1'

-2"

2'-0

"EQ-12EQ-11

EQ-10

EQ-13

2'-2"

2'-0"1"1'-6" 2'-0"

2'-0"

19" deep counter against this wall

FRP to 48" A.F.F.

14A7.00

3A7.00

Open

2'-1

0"1'

-2"

2'-0

"

2'-0"

2'-6"1'-6"

4'-0"

EQ-3EQ-12EQ-11

EQ-10

EQ-13EQ-13

EQ-12

2'-1

0"1'

-2"

2'-0

"

FRP to 48" A.F.F.

EQ-11

EQ-10

123C

2'-0

"

2'-4"

0601

1207126

2'-0

"

0601

1207

11'-6"

EQ-4

13A7.00

2A7.00


2'-6

"1'

-8"

2'-1

0"

EQ-17

1" 2'-0" 3'-10" 2'-0" 2'-0" 1"

EQ-14

1209


2'-6

"1'

-8"

2'-1

0"

EQ-14

1209

14A7.00

13A7.00


0801

EQ-21

EQ-27

2'-1

0"2'

-2"

2'-0

"

2'-0" 3'-3" 2'-0 1/8"

2'-6" 2'-8 1/8" 2'-1"

5A7.00

EQ-21129128

0801


Open to beyond

2'-1

0"

2'-0

"2'

-2"

2'-1

0"

3'-2

"

2'-7 1/2" 3'-4" 1'-0"

1'-10 7/8"

2'-6 3/4"2'-1"

EQ-27

11A7.00

11A7.00

EQ-18

EQ-9


1209

EQ-39

EQ-18

0801

EQ-9


1209

EQ-39

128 0801


3'-2

"

1209

EQ-39

EQ-9


0801

1209

EQ-39

A. Provide FRT solid wood blocking for wall mounted and recessed accessories, fixtures,equipment handrails, grab bars, wall cabinets, etc. on stud partition walls.

B. Provider filler strips at cabinets as required.

C. Refer to finish schedules and plan on A8.00 and A8.01.

Interior Elevation General Notes

2'-1

0"1'

-2"

2'-0

"

14A7.00

3A7.00

Open

1'-6" 3'-6"

5'-0"

EQ-12

EQ-3

EQ-11

EQ-13

EQ-10

2'-0"

2'-0

"1'

-2"

2'-1

0"

113

EQ-13

EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-10

2'-0"3'-0"

2'-1

0"

3'-6" 1'-7"

10A7.00

EQ-11


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:38 PM

A5.01

Interior Elevations

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1/4" = 1'-0"

2 Lab/Pharmacy West1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Lab/Pharmacy North1/4" = 1'-0"

3 Lab/Pharmacy East1/4" = 1'-0"

4 Lab/Pharmacy South

1/4" = 1'-0"

5 Exam 1-3 Typ. East1/4" = 1'-0"

6 Exam 4 South1/4" = 1'-0"

7 Exam 4 West

1/4" = 1'-0"

10 Recovery North1/4" = 1'-0"

11 Recovery East

1/4" = 1'-0"

18 Dental West1/4" = 1'-0"

19 Dental North

1/4" = 1'-0"

13 Prep West1/4" = 1'-0"

12 Prep North

1/4" = 1'-0"

14 Surgery North1/4" = 1'-0"

15 Surgery East1/4" = 1'-0"

16 Surgery South1/4" = 1'-0"

17 Surgery West

1/4" = 1'-0"

8 Exam 5 South1/4" = 1'-0"

9 Exam 5 West

Keynote Legend


0801 36" x 36" TriStar Vet. Model 700-50 Pass through window. Cut back adjacent FRPwall finish as required to allow SS window surround to be installed flush to wallsurface.

1207 Install relocated cages from Owner. Verify final number and location of cages infield with Owner, typ.

1209 Casework, countertop, or equipment by Owner Vendor shown shaded, typ.


1/4" = 1'-0"

20 Exam 1-3 Typ. North

2"

2 5/

8"

1 9/16"

1/2" 1/2"

see plan

Varies

Doo

rhe

ight

DoorH.M. frame

Metal studs

5/8" gypsum board

Sealant - typ. both sides

2"

2 5/

8"

1 9/16"

Door

1/2" 1/2"

see plan

Varies

Wall anchor

H.M. frame

Metal studs

5/8" gypsum board

Sealant - typ. both sides

A. All egress doors shall be operable from the egress side without the use of specialknowledge of key.

B. All fire rated doors shall bear manufacturer labeling, the approved inspection agency andfire protection rating.

C. Contractor shall field verify and coordinate all door sizes and frames with dimensions, walltypes, and finish wall thickness and shall notify architect of any and all discrepanciesbefore proceeding with work.

D. Thresholds at all doors shall be compliant with accessibility requirements. All exteriorthresholds shall be set in a full bed of sealant.

E. All wood and hollow metal doors and frames to be painted per finish plans and schedules.

F. All glazing in door shall meet safety label requirements.

G. See specifications for door, hardware and keying requirements.

H. Match new wood door frame casing profiles to existing.

Door Type General Notes

4"

Coordinate with door hardware

Note:All doors are to be held4" from wall on hinge sideunless noted otherwise

AFrame

2" Typ.

2" T

yp.

2FGDoor FDoor VDoor

6" 6"

6"12

"

12"

12"

12"

GDoor

6" 6"

6"4'

-0"


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:39 PM

A6.00

Door Schedule, Notesand Details

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

2 H-1 Door Head1 1/2" = 1'-0"

1 J-1 Door Jamb

Door Schedule

#Door Frame

Elec. Hdw. Hdw. Set # Fire Rating CommentsType Full Width Height Thickness Glazing Type Mat'l. Fin. Type Mat'l. Fin. Jamb Head

101 2FG 5'-10 1/4" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD SF WD No 03 -- Existing102 2FG 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 03 -- Existing.104 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 02 -- Existing105 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 01 -- Existing106 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 01 -- Existing107 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM A HM No 11 --109 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 01 -- Existing110A F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 --110B V 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 06 -- Existing111 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" Eliason

Impact DoorA No 04 --

112 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 09 --113 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 --114 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 10 -- Existing115 F 2'-6" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 13 --116 2F 5'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 14118A F 2'-8" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 -- Existing118B 2F 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 05 -- Existing119 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 -- Existing120 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 -- Existing121 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 -- Existing122 G 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 12 -- Existing, Provide opaque film

on door glazing.123A F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 08 -- Existing123B F 2'-6" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 08 -- Existing123C F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 08 --124 F 2'-8" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 11 --125 F 2'-4" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM A HM No 07 45 Min.126 F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD A WD No 08 -- Existing128 G 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" Eliason

Impact DoorA No 04 --

129 G 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM A HM No 11 --

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

3 Typ. Jamb Location

1/4" = 1'-0"Frame Types

1/4" = 1'-0"Door Types

• See specifications for door hardware sets, sheet A10.01• See finish plans for repainting of existing doors.


Casework General NotesA. GC shall be responsible for providing adequate concealed FRT blocking in wall for

mounting of millwork.

B. All countertops to overhang 1" U.N.O.

C. All exposed/ visible surfaces of cabinets to recieve plastic laminate finish. All interiorsemi-concealed suraces to be white melamine.

D. All plastic laminate doors and drawers to receive 1-1/2mm PVC edge banding.

E. All filler strips and soffit panels to be flush with front of cabinet doors or drawers, refer todetail.

F. All soffit panels to extend 6" above ceiling, TYP.

G. All drawers to receive soft close hardware.

H. All doors and drawers to receive locks.

I. Provide heavy duty hanging file frames TYP. all file drawers.

J. Provide one adjustable shelf at wall cabinets up to 24” tall and two adjustable shelves atwall cabinets 25” - 36” tall. Refer to elevations for adjustable shelves in cabinets tallerthan 36”. Provide one adjustable shelf in each base cabinet.

K. Provide countertop support brackets at all desks and counters spaced 36" max. fromnearest adjacent bracket or supporting casework.

Toe kick to wall base as scheduled

Solid surface countertop and backsplash over plywood substrate

White melamine drawer box

Plastic laminate drawers w/ 1 1/2mm PVC edge banding, typ.

Drawer

Drawer

Ref

e r to

ele

v atio

ns

2'-1

0" S

how

n

Drawer

U.N.O.

1'-7"

3" 1'-3"

1 1/

2"6"

EQ.

EQ.

4"





Drawer

Drawer

2'-1"

4"EQ

.EQ

.1

1/2"

4"

3" 1'-9"

2'-6

"



Plastic laminate door w/ 1 1/2mm PVC edge banding, typ.

U.N.O.

2'-1"

4"2'

-4 1

/2"

1 1/

2"4"

3" 1'-9"

Ref

e r to

ele

v atio

ns

2'-1

0" s

how

n

Adjustable melamine shelf, refer to elevation for quanties

Ref

er to

Ele

vatio

nShim space

Provide FRT wood blocking as needed for wall-hung cabinets

3/4" particle board w/ plastic laminate finish

14"

Adjustable shelf, particle board w/ plastic laminate finish. Refer to elevation for quantity

Ref

er to

Ele

vatio

n

1'-2"

Shim space

Provide FRT wood blocking as needed for wall-hung cabinets

3/4" particle board w/ plastic laminate finish

Adjustable melamine shelf, refer to elevation for quantities

1"

U.N.O.

2'-0"

3"

4"6"

1 1/

2"

4"

Ref

er to

ele

vatio

n.

Refer to interior elevation for specific configuration of drawers, doors and shelving.

Plastic laminate finish base cabinet


Toe kick to receive wall base as scheduled



Drawer

Drawer

4"EQ

.EQ

.1

1/2"

4"

3" 1'-9"

2'-1"

Plastic laminate countertop - see edge detail.

Ref

e r to

Ele

v atio

ns

2'-6

" Sho

wn



2'-1"

4"

3" 1'-9"

Ref

e r to

Ele

v atio

ns

2'-1

0" S

how

n

Adjustable melamine shelf, refer to elevation for quanties


1 1/

2"4"




Drawer

Drawer

Drawer

3" 1'-3"

1 1/

2"6"

EQ.

EQ.

4"

U.N.O.

1'-7"


1"

U.N.O.

2'-0"

3"

4"6"

1 1/

2"

4"

Ref

er to

ele

vatio

n


Refer to interior elevation for specific configuration of drawers, doors and shelving.

Plastic laminate finish base cabinet


Finished end panel mounted on wall(2) Press fit fastener assembliesper end panelContinuous 4" wide finishedplywood fastened to end panels

Plastic laminate on removable 3/4" substrate skirt

FRT blocking - typ.

Steel angle supportas needed

Coordinate skirt framing with lav template

Plastic laminate on 3/4" substrate

6" Max.

2'-3

" Min

.5

1/2"

2'-1" U.N.O.

8" Min.

9"

Skirt to have set back drain

1 1/

2"

Counter support

2'-1" U.N.O.

1 1/

2"4"

Grommet may occur

Wall base as scheduled

Ref

er to

Ele

vatio

n

Counter support bracket as needed

Plastic laminate countertop with 3mm PVC edge banding, typical at all locations U.N.O.

Counter support

2'-1"

1 1/

2"4"

Grommet may occur

Wall base as scheduled

Counter support bracket as needed


Provide base as scheduled

3/4" particle board.

3/4" particle bd. cabinet and door w/ plastic laminate finish


4"1'

-10

1/2"

Intergral Dry Sink - provide drain plug and solid surface lid to match counter

2'-2"

2'-1

0"


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:41 PM

A7.00

Interior Details

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1" = 1'-0"

4Cabinet Detail - SolidSurface

1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"

13 Wall Shelf1" = 1'-0"

14 Wall Cabinet

1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"

6Cabinet Detail - PlasticLaminate

1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"


1" = 1'-0"

5 Sink Skirt


1" = 1'-0"

12 Counter - Plastic Laminate1" = 1'-0"

11 Counter - Solid Surface1" = 1'-0"

10 Dry Sink Cabinet


(4) adjustable melamineshelves

Shim space

Pin holes @ 3"O.C.7'-0

"

3" 1'-9"

2'-0"




Plastic laminate door w/ 1 1/2mm PVC edge banding, and 1/4" tempered safety glazing.

Cabinet door or drawer

Filler, refer to ELEV. for widths

Align


(4) adjustable shelves,3/4" particle board w/plastic laminate finish

(2) layers 3/4" particle boardw/ plastic laminate finish.Plastic laminate finish on allexposed surfaces of opencabinet

Shim space

Pin holes @ 3"O.C.

5'-3

1/2

"

3" 1'-3"

1'-6"



Shim space


"

3" 1'-9"

2'-0"



(6) adjustable shelves,3/4" particle board w/plastic laminate finish

(2) layers 3/4" particle boardw/ plastic laminate finish.Plastic laminate finish on allexposed surfaces of opencabinet

Shim space


"

3" 1'-9"

2'-0"

Casework General NotesA. GC shall be responsible for providing adequate concealed FRT blocking in wall for

mounting of millwork.

B. All countertops to overhang 1" U.N.O.

C. All exposed/ visible surfaces of cabinets to recieve plastic laminate finish. All interiorsemi-concealed suraces to be white melamine.

D. All plastic laminate doors and drawers to receive 1-1/2mm PVC edge banding.

E. All filler strips and soffit panels to be flush with front of cabinet doors or drawers, refer todetail.

F. All soffit panels to extend 6" above ceiling, TYP.

G. All drawers to receive soft close hardware.

H. All doors and drawers to receive locks.

I. Provide heavy duty hanging file frames TYP. all file drawers.

J. Provide one adjustable shelf at wall cabinets up to 24” tall and two adjustable shelves atwall cabinets 25” - 36” tall. Refer to elevations for adjustable shelves in cabinets tallerthan 36”. Provide one adjustable shelf in each base cabinet.

K. Provide countertop support brackets at all desks and counters spaced 36" max. fromnearest adjacent bracket or supporting casework.


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:43 PM

A7.01

Interior Details

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


1" = 1'-0"

1 Pharmacy Cabinet

3" = 1'-0"

5 Filler Panel Detail

1" = 1'-0"

4 Storage Cubbies1" = 1'-0"

2 Tall Wardrobe Cabinet1" = 1'-0"

3 Tall Storage Shelf


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:45 PM

A8.00

Finish Schedule

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA



Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:14:47 PM

A8.01

Finish Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


REF

.

REF.

A. See sheet A9.02 for Equipment Schedule.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate blocking in walls for mounting of allaccessories and equipment.

C. Furniture shown for reference only. Furniture to be provided and installed byOwner/Owner's Vendor.

D. Contractor to coordinate all furniture and equipment delivery and install with Owner andOwner's Vendors, where applicable.

E. All millwork, including base cabinets, wall cabinets, countertop and sinks to be providedand installed by general contractor unless noted otherwise. Provide adequate blocking asrequired.

F. NOTE: Finalize selections of Owner Provided equipment to be coordinated withContractor to confirm Plumbing/Electrical requirements.

G. Verify final number, size, and location of all relocated cages and new millwork cagebases in field with Owner.

Furniture & Equipment General Notes

101Vestibule

102Waiting

113Exam 5

104Boarding

105DVM Offices

106DVM Offices

109

HM Office/Conf. Rm.

110

Staff BreakRm.

114Women's Rm.

116Laundry

117Hall

118Server/Storage

119Exam 1

120Exam 2

121Exam 3

124Exam 4

123

Lab/Pharmacy& Tech

Stations

126

RecoveryCages

127Prep

128Surgery

129Dental 103

Reception

112X-Ray

111Treatment

122Hall

EQ-33

EQ-6

EQ-13

EQ-10EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-29

EQ-37

EQ-6

EQ-18

EQ-9

EQ-21

EQ-10

EQ-10

EQ-12

EQ-11

EQ-10

EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-36

EQ-35

EQ-13

EQ-13

EQ-13

EQ-33

123C

EQ-10

EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-11

EQ-12

EQ-27

EQ-27 EQ-27

EQ-14

EQ-16

EQ-13

EQ-38

1202

1101

12051205

1202

1202

1201

EQ-15

1205

1201

107ISO

108Prep125

O2

EQ-14

1201

EQ-19

1201

EQ-25

115Men's Rm.

EQ-13

6"

1201

0601(Base below cages)

0601(Base below cages)

1201

EQ-17

12051205 1205

1201

1207

1207

EQ-13 EQ-13

GB-18

GB-42

TTD-1

SND-1GB-36

TTD-1GB-36

GB-42TTD-1GB-18

SD-1

PTD-1

MR-1

1208

1201

1209

1209

1201

EQ-14

1209

EQ-24EQ-41

EQ-43

EQ-29

EQ-44


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:02 PM

A9.01

Furniture andEquipment Plan

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

Keynote Legend


1101 Designated 5x5 area for IT servers/phones. Provide ventilation to space. ProvideFRT plywood on walls.

1201 GC millwork.1202 Chair/Tables - by owner. Not part of GC contract.1205 Opaque window film.1207 Install relocated cages from Owner. Verify final number and location of cages in

field with Owner, typ.1208 Cat tower by Owner.1209 Casework, countertop, or equipment by Owner Vendor shown shaded, typ.

N1/4" = 1'-0"

1 Equipment Plan

Toilet Accessories

Type Mark Description Provided By Installed ByGB-18 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 18"L Contractor ContractorGB-36 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 36"L Contractor ContractorGB-42 1-1/2" Diameter straight grab bar 42"L Contractor ContractorMR-1 24" x 36" MirrorPTD-1 Bobrick B-262 Classic Series Surface Mounted

Paper Towel DispenserContractor Contractor

SND-1 Bobrick B-254 Surface Mounted SanitaryNapkin Disposal


TTD-1 Bobrick B-2740 Surface Mounted Double ToiletTissue Dispenser



Equipment Schedule

No. Description Manufacturer/ModelQty.Total Qty. New

Qty.Relocated Provided By Installed By

PlumbingCoord.

Required

ElectricalCoord.

Required Comments

EQ-3 Wall mounted fold down exam table - Existing Midmark 2 -- 2 Owner GC Relocate / Install No NoEQ-6 Wet Treatment table - Existing and New Olympic HI-LO Wet Table 2 1 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install Yes Yes Wet Table in Dental relocated by Contractor; Wet Table in Treatment NewEQ-9 Surgery Table - Existing 1 -- 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install No YesEQ-10 Tabletop Scale - Existing and New 5 2 3 Owner Owner No YesEQ-11 Z-fold Paper Towel Dispenser Bobrick B-262 Classic Series 6 4 2 Owner / GC GC Relocate / Install No NoEQ-12 Soap Dispenser DERMA FOAM E- KAY CHEMICAL COMPANY 6 6 -- Owner GC Install No NoEQ-13 Wall Mounted Computer Station NVA IT 8 8 -- Owner NVA IT Install No YesEQ-14 130 Single Ceiling Mount Light MIDMARK 3 3 -- Owner GC Install No YesEQ-15 Dry Treatment Table MIDMARK 1 1 -- Owner GC Install No NoEQ-16 XRay Unit InnoVet 1 -- 1 Owner Owner's Vendor No Yes Owner to have unit relocated and claibratedEQ-17 Wall Mounted Dental X-Ray Unit 1 -- 1 Owner Owner's Vendor No Yes Owner to have unit relocated and claibratedEQ-18 Anesthesia Machine, Existing 1 -- 1 Owner Owner No YesEQ-19 Scrub Sink w/ infrared controls Midmark 1 1 -- Owner GC Install Yes Yes Provided by Owner.EQ-21 Autoclave, Existing 1 -- 1 Owner Owner No YesEQ-24 Extra Large Double Stack Unit 48W x 30h x 27d Double

Door, ExistingMidmark 2 -- 2 Owner GC Relocate / Install No No

EQ-25 Double Stack Unit on wheels, Existing 5 -- Field Verify Owner GC Relocate / Install No No Final number of cages to be relocated to be field verified by Owner/GC in the field.EQ-27 Undercounter lab/pharmacy refrigerator 32"h Max 3 3 -- Owner GC Install No YesEQ-29 Refrigerator, Existing 2 -- 2 Owner GC Relocate / Install Yes YesEQ-33 Printer, Existing 2 -- 1 Owner Owner No YesEQ-35 Kenmore 81182 7.3 cu. ft. Electric Dryer w/ Sensor Dry -

WhiteKenmore 1 -- 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install Yes Yes GC to relocate; GC to provide dryer exhaust piping

EQ-36 Kenmore 41162 4.3 cu. ft. Front Load Washer - White Kenmore 1 -- 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install Yes Yes GC to relocateEQ-37 Microwave, Existing 1 -- 1 Owner Owner No YesEQ-38 Toaster Oven, Existing 1 -- 1 Owner Owner No YesEQ-39 255 Dual Mount Minor Procedure Light Midmark 1 1 -- Owner GC Install No YesEQ-41 Wall Mounted Prep Table (44 x 22) 1 -- 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install No YesEQ-42 Regular cages size 24W x 28 ½ D x 24L 18 -- Field Verify Owner GC Relocate / Install No Yes Final number of cages to be relocated to be field verified by Owner/GC in the field.EQ-43 Double Stack Quarantine Cages, Existing 1 -- 1 Owner GC Relocate / Install Yes YesEQ-44 Undercounter beverage refrigerator 28"h Max. 1 1 -- Owner GC Install No Yes

DIVISION 6 - WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

ACCESSORIESA. FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS: SOFTWOOD, KILN DRIED TO LESS

THAN 15 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT.B. ADHESIVES: DO NOT USE ADHESIVES THAT CONTAIN UREA FORMALDEHYDE. USE

TYPES RECOMMENDED BY AWI/AWMAC FOR PROPOSED APPLICATION.C. FASTENERS: SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION.D. CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS: THREADED STEEL.E. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, AND SCREWS:

1. OF SIZE TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION.a. GALVANIZED/CHROME PLATED FINISH - CONCEALED LOCATIONSb. CHROME PLATED/STAINLESS STEEL - EXPOSED LOCATIONS

F. GROMMETS: STANDARD PLASTIC; IN COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE

HARDWAREA. HARDWARE: BHMA A156.9, TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR.B. DRAWER AND DOOR PULLS: "U" SHAPED WIRE PULL, STEEL AND SATIN FINISH. 4 INCH

CENTERSC. DRAWER SLIDES:

1. FULL EXTENSION DESIGN2. 100 LB. BIFMA LOAD TESTED RATING.3. SIDE MOUNTED.4. INTEGRAL STOPS

D. HINGES1. CONCEALED EUROPEAN STYLE2. NICKEL PLATED.3. 120 DEGREE OPENING.4. 20 LB WEIGHT CAPACITY.5. SELF CLOSING FEATURE.

E. METAL SHELF PINS1. MATCH HINGE FINISH.2. SIZE: 5 MM

PART 3 - EXECUTION

FABRICATIONA. COMPLETE FABRICATION, INCLUDING ASSEMBLY AND HARDWARE APPLICATION, TO

MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE BEFORE SHIPMENT TO PROJECT SITE. DISASSEMBLECOMPONENTS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. WHERENECESSARY FOR FITTING AT SITE, PROVIDE AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR SCRIBING,TRIMMING, AND FITTING.

B. SHOP-CUT OPENINGS TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE TO RECEIVE HARDWARE,APPLIANCES, ELECTRICAL WORK, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. LOCATE OPENINGSACCURATELY AND USE TEMPLATES OR ROUGHING-IN DIAGRAMS TO PRODUCEACCURATELY SIZED AND SHAPED OPENINGS. SAND EDGES OF CUTOUTS TO REMOVESPLINTERS AND BURRS.

INSTALLATIONA. INSTALL CABINETS LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH

CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 96INCHES (3 MM IN 2400 MM).

B. SCRIBE AND CUT CABINETS TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, REFINISH CUT SURFACES, ANDREPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS.

C. ANCHOR CABINETS TO ANCHORS OR BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TOSUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLINDNAILING. USE FINE FINISHING NAILS/FINISHING SCREWS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING,COUNTERSUNK AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK.

D. CABINETS: INSTALL WITHOUT DISTORTION SO DOORS AND DRAWERS FIT OPENINGSPROPERLY AND ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORSAND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION.COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED.

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Silicone joint sealants.2. Urethane joint sealants.3. Latex joint sealants.4. Acoustical joint sealants.

SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants

showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.C. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.

WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair orreplace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified inthis Section within specified warranty period.1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealantmanufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply withperformance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatiblewith one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, asdemonstrated by joint- sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated foreach liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classificationsfor type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.

C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to poroussubstrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and havenot stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.

D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS,Class 25, for Use NT.1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistantb. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700.c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200 Sanitary.

URETHANE JONIT SEALANTS

A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, GradeNS, Class 50, for Use T.1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-270.b. Tremco Incorporated; Dymeric 240 FC.c. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II.

LATEX JOINT SEALANTS

A. Latex Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolac.b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+.c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.

ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS

A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealantcomplying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR.b. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.c. Tremco, Tremco Acoustical Sealant

JOINT SEALANT BACKING

A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with jointsubstrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated bysealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin),Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of thepreceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint applicationindicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producingoptimum sealant performance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealantmanufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or jointsurfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion ofsealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substratetests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealantsand sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining orharming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promoteoptimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfacesadjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance withrequirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to complywith joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint

sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approvedfor sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease,waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or acombination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developingoptimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaningoperations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porousjoint substrates include the following:

.

a. Concrete.b. Masonry.c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.d. Exterior insulation and finish systems.

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not

stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.Nonporous joint substrates include the following:a. Metal.b. Glass.c. Porcelain enamel.d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or asindicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer tocomply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer withadjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or bycleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after toolingwithout disturbing joint seal.

INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: omply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products andapplications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of jointsealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at positionrequired to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widthsthat allow optimum sealant movement capability.1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and

replace them with dry materials.D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants

and backs of joints.E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time

backings are installed:1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow

optimum sealant movement capability.F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal

construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with acontinuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions atperimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's writtenrecommendations.

CLEANING

Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substancesand from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are withoutdeterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage ordeterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately soinstallations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces JS-1.1. Joint Locations:

a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.b. Other joints as indicated.

2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, traffic grade, Class 50.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors.

B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfacesJS-2.1. Joint Locations:

a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.b. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.c. Joints in cast stone.d. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems.e. Joints between metal panels.f. Joints between different materials listed above.g. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows and

louvers.h. Other joints as indicated.

2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, Class 50.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors.

C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces JS-3.1. Joint Locations:

a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.b. Control and expansion joints in tile and terrazzo flooring.c. Other joints as indicated.

2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, traffic grade, Class 50.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfacesJS-4.1. Joint Locations:

a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.b. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry walls and gypsum board

partitionsc. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, interior

windows and elevator entrances.d. Other joints as indicated.

2. Joint Sealant: Latex, Acrylic based.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

E. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontalnontraffic surfaces JS-5.1. Joint Sealant Location:

a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.c. Other joints as indicated.

2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, single component, nonsag, mildew resistant, acid curing.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

F. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontrafficsurfaces JS-4.1. Joint Location:

a. Acoustical joints where indicated.b. Other joints as indicated.

2. Joint Sealant: Acoustical.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

SECTION 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARYA. SECTION INCLUDES:

1. PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CABINETS MATERIALS.2. COUNTER TOPS3. ACCESSORIES4. HARDWARE

SUBMITTALSA. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW LOCATION OF EACH ITEM, DIMENSIONED PLANS AND

ELEVATIONS, LARGE-SCALE DETAILS, ATTACHMENT DEVICES, SECTIONS, AND OTHERCOMPONENTS.

B. SAMPLES1. PLASTIC LAMINATES, FOR EACH COLOR, PATTERN, AND SURFACE FINISH

C. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CURRENT TECHNICAL LITERATURE FOREACH COMPONENT.

QUALITY ASSURANCEA. PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI/AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL

WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, CUSTOM QUALITY.

FIELD CONDITIONSA. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL CABINETS UNTIL

BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATINGAND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT OCCUPANCY LEVELSDURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACE CABINETS

LUMBER MATERIALS

A. SOFTWOOD LUMBER: NIST PS 20; GRADE LL/CUSTOM: AVERAGE MOISTURE OF 5-10PERCENT;

B. HARDWOOD LUMBER: NHLA; GRADE LL/CUSTOM; AVERAGE MOISTURE OF 5-10PERCENT

PANEL MATERIALSA. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): ANSI A208.2; TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN AWI/AWMAC

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED; COMPOSED OFWOOD CHIPS BONDED WITH INTERIOR GRADE ADHESIVE UNDER HEAT ANDPRESSURE.1. EXTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL: HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL).2. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL: (.018) INCH MELAMINE. COLOR; AS SELECTED BY

ARCHITECT3. PROVIDE 3 MM PVC EDGE FINISH ON ALL DOOR AND DRAWERS TO MATCH

CABINETS EXTERIOR FINISH.

LAMINATE MATERIALS

HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, TYPES AS SCHEDULED ON A8.01 DRAWINGS.

COUNTERTOPSA. SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS (WHERE APPLICABLE):

1. FLAT SHEET THICKNESS: 3/4", MINIMUM.2. SOLID SURFACE SHEET: COMPLYING WITH ISSFA-2 AND NEMA LD 3.

a. COLOR AND PATTERN: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.3. SINKS AND BOWLS: UNDERMOUNT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.4. BACK AND END SPLASHES: SAME SHEET MATERIAL, RADIUSED TOP.

B. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD SUBSTRATECOVERED WITH HPDL1. EXPOSED EDGE TREATMENT: 3MM2. BACK AND END SPLASHES: SAME MATERIAL, SAME CONSTRUCTION.3. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI.AWMAC STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED

PREMIUM GRADE.

MANUFACTURERSA. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by, but not limited to the following:

1. STEEL CRAFT2. CECO3. REPUBLIC

HOLLOW METAL STEEL DOORS, GENERALA. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. Steelface 0.053

inch thick.B. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated in accordance with ASTM A 653/A

653M with manufacturers standard coating.C. Cores:

1. Interior: Manufactured Craft Honeycomb2. Rated Core: Manufactured Fire Core3. Exterior: Polyurethene

INTERIOR FRAMESA. Materials: cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0 mm).B. Construction: WeldedC. Exposed Finish: Factory PrimedD. Frame profile: 'S' Series

EXTERIOR FRAMESA. Materials: cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness 0.053 inchB. Construction: Face welded, seamless, with joints filled.C. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated in accordance with ASTM A 653/A

653M with manufacturers standard coating.

FINISHINGA. Frame Units: Pre-finished with factory applied impact resistand, polyester baked enamel finish or

optional electrostactic applied water based paint system.1. Steel: Prefinished with factory applied impact resistant, polyester baked enamel finish.

B. Colors:1. Premium Colors: Alumatone (SC 108)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATIONA. Verify that opening sizes and wall thickness are within specified tolerances. Verify that all finished

walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment.B. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.C. Anchor frames with screws located at every casing clip or every 11” as shown on manufacturer’s

instructions. Field verify quantity and location of fasteners prior to installing casing.D. Install Pre-finished frames near end of the project after wall painting and wall coverings.E. Touch-up blemishes on finished frames with factory prepared touch up paint.

SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARYA. Section includes:

1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces.2. Factory finished flush wood doors. - All (6) side to be finish edge.

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include factory-finishing specifications.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;

construction details not covered in Product DataC. Samples: For factory-finished doors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERSManufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by, but not limited to the following:A. Mohawk Doors; A Masonite company/or approved equal.B. EggersC. Graham Wood Doors

SECTION 085413 - FIBERGLASS WINDOWS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARYA. Section includes:

1. Fiberglass composite windows.

SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product.B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, hardware, accessories, insect screens,

operational clearances, and details of installation, including anchor, flashing, and sealantinstallation.

C. Product Schedule: For fiberglass composite windows. Use same designations indicated onDrawings.

D. Sample warranties.

WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fiberglass composite windows

that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.1. Window: Lifetime Limited Warranty

PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Basis of Design: Picture Windows. Color: Match Existing By: Pella Window Company. Other

acceptable manufacturers with product equal to basis of designbut are not limited to, the following:1. Jeld-Wen, Inc.2. Anderson Corporation3. Alside

WINDOW PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Product Standard: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440.

1. Minimum Performance Class: LC2. Minimum Performance Grade: 25

B. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): NFRC200 maximum whole-window SHGC of 0.40.

FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE WINDOWS A. Frames: Impact-resistant, UV-stabilized PVC complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440.

1. Finish: Integral color TBD.2. Gypsum Board Returns: Provide at interior face of frame at all head and jambs.

A. Glass: Clear annealed glass, ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, q3.1. Tint: Clear

B. Kind: Fully tempered where indicated on Drawings.1. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface.

FABRICATION A. Glaze fiberglass composite windows in the factory.B. Weather strip each operable sash to provide weathertight installation

SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following:1. Swinging doors.2. Other doors to the extent indicated.

B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:1. 1. Mechanical door hardware.2. 2. Electromechanical door hardware.3. 3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.

C. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code.3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies.7. UCC: 2018 International Building Code (IBC)

D. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards:1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, materialdescriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions andfinishes.

B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabricationand assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final DoorHardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand,function, and finish of door hardware.1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and

Format for the Hardware Schedule."2. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.b. Manufacturer of each item.c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in

door and frame schedule.e. Warranty information for each product.

C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following:1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring

diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access controlsystem electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installedwiring. Include the following:a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing location and

interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in therespective door openings.

b. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein.2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details

required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings.D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate

keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format.Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers andspecial instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering ofpermanent cylinders/cores.

E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenancemanuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity.

SECTION 081213 HOLLOW METAL STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARYA. Section Includes:

1. Welded, pre-finished door frames.

SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product.B. Shop Drawings: Include location, size, hand of each door, elevations, frame profiles, metal

thickness, preparations for hardware, and other details.C. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for

details and openings as those on Drawings.

INFORMATION SUBMITTALSA. Manufacturer's Certificate of Warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATIONA. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories,

and other components. For installation procedures and requirements not addressed inmanufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements in ASTM E 2112.

B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion, anchored securely in place tostructural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction toproduce weathertight construction.

C. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Remove excess sealants, glazingmaterials, dirt, and other substances.

WARRANTY

A. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replacecomponents of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanshipwithin specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are notlimited to, the following:1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.2. Faulty operation of the hardware.3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation.

B. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwiseindicated.

C. Special Warranty Periods:1. 1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches.2. 2. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies.3. 3. Two years for electromechanical door hardware.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door HardwareSets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under.

HANGING DEVICES

A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles as specified inthe Door Hardware Sets.1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity, unless otherwise indicated:

a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches.b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches.c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches.d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30

inches of door height greater than 120 inches.2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door

thickness and clearances required:a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified.b. Sizes from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified.

3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges

unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight.b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges

unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight.

CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same sourcemanufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following:1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application.2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim

ring.3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks.4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush

and be free spinning with matching finishes.5. Keyway: Manufacturer’s Standard.

C. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed.1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions

and requirements.2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control

number as directed by Owner.D. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys:

1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2)2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5).3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10).

E. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders.


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:03 PM

A10.00

ArchitecturalSpecifications

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES

A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified. Locksets are to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant steel case and be field-reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body.

B. Multi-Point Locksets: Vertical rod locking devices designed for openings requiring multiple latching points within one locking mechanism. Rods are retracted by dual mounted outside lever trim controls available in a variety of ANSI/BHMA operational functions. Option for single top latching only eliminates the need for bottom strikes.

ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKING DEVICES

A. Surface Electromagnetic Locks (Heavy Duty): Electromagnetic locks to be surface mounted type conforming to ANSI A156.23, Grade 1 with minimum holding force strength of 1,100 pounds. Locks to be capable of either 12 or 24 voltage and be UL listed for use on fire rated door assemblies. Locks are to have an integrated door position switch and lock bond sensor. Locks are to have integrated motion sensor and/or security camera as indicated in the hardware sets. Provide mounting accessories as needed to suit opening conditions. Power supply to be by the same manufacturer as the lock with combined products having a lifetime replacement warranty.

B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders.

C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and holders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and jamb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and function.

ARCHITECTURAL SEALS

A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated.

B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784.1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings.

C. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated.

D. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.

FABRICATION

A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended.

FINISHES

A. As indicated on Architectural Drawings

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications.1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and

adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals.

B. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

C. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation..

DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE

For doors that are existing to remain, provide only lever / latch / lock / exit device as applicable. See Door Schedule for hardware set assignments.

Set: 1.0Doors: 105, 106, 1093 Hinge, Full Mortise TA2714 US15 MK1 Entry Lock AU 4607LN 619 YA1 Wall Stop 409 US15 RO3 Silencer 608 / 609 RO

Notes:Field verify specified hardware will work with existing conditions, if not modify hardware as required.

Set: 2.0Doors: 1043 Hinge, Full Mortise TA2714 US15 MK1 Passage Latch AU 4601LN 619 YA1 Wall Stop 409 US15 RO3 Silencer 608 / 609 RO


Set: 3.0Doors: 101, 1021 Cylinder -Coordinate cylinder type with existing hardware 619 YA1 ADA Compliant Threshold


Set: 4.0Doors: 111, 1281 Hardware -Provided with Traffic Door OT


Set: 5.0Doors: 118B1 Storeroom or Closet Lock AU 4605LN 619 YA1 ADA Compliant Threshold


Set: 6.0Doors: 110B1 Storeroom or Clsoet Lock AU 4605LN 619 YA1 Deadbolt D211 619 YA


Set: 7.0Doors: 1251 Entry Lock AU 4607LN 619 YA1 Surface Closer 8501 689 NO


Set: 8.0Doors: 123A, 123B, 123C, 1261 Entry Lock AU 5407LN Lead Shielded 619 YA1 Entry Lock AU 4607LN 619 YA


Set: 9.0Doors: 1121 Entry Lock AU 5407LN Lead Shielded 619 YA


Set: 10.0Doors: 1141 Passage Latch AU 4601LN 619 YA1 Surface Closer 8501 689 NO


Set: 11.0Doors: 107, 110A, 113, 118A, 119, 120, 121, 124, 1291 Passage Latch AU 4601LN 619 YA


Set: 12.0Doors: 1221 Double Cylinder DeadboltD221 619 FA1 Passage Latch AU 4601LN 619 YA


Set: 13.0Doors: 1151 Privacy Lock AU 4602LN 619 YA


Set: 14.0Doors: 1162 Single Dummy Trim AU 4655LN 619 YA2 Roller Latch 592 US15 RO


ELECTRIC STRIKES

A. Standard Electric Strikes: Heavy duty, cylindrical and mortise lock electric strikes conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, UL listed for both Burglary Resistance and for use on fire rated door assemblies. Stainless steel construction with dual interlocking plunger design tested to exceed 3000 lbs. of static strength and 350 ft-lbs. of dynamic strength. Strikes tested for a minimum 1 million operating cycles. Provide strikes with 12 or 24 VDC capability and supplied standard as fail-secure unless otherwise specified. Option available for latchbolt and latchbolt strike monitoring indicating both the position of the latchbolt and locked condition of the strike.

DOOR CLOSERS

A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria:1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the

same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover.

2. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL.

3. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1.

4. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets.

5. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics.

6. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets.

B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Commercial Duty): ANSI/BHMA 156.4, Grade 1 certified surface mounted, institutional grade door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck, closing sweep, and latch speed control valves. Provide non-handed units standard.

ARCHITECTURAL TRIM

A. Door Protective Trim1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the

Hardware Sets.2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width

(LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1” LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets.

3. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following:a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick.

4. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes.

DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets.

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

SECTION 09 22 26DRYWALL GRID SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSMETAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR THE SUPPORT OF GYPSUM DRYWALL IN CEILING. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. SECTION 09 51 00 (09510) - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGSB. SECTION 09 29 00 (09250) - GYPSUM BOARD C. DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)D. DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL

1.3 REFERENCESA. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

1. ASTM A 1008 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR THE STEEL, SHEET, COLD ROLLED CARBON, STRUCTURAL, HIGH STRENGTH LOW-ALLOY AND HIGH STRENGTH LOW ALLOY WITH IMPROVED FORMABILITY

2. ASTM A 641 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ZINC COATED (GALVANIZED) CARBON STEEL WIRE.

3. ASTM C 635 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS4. ASTM C 645-09 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL

FRAMING MEMBERS5. ASTM C 754 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING

MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW-ATTACHED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS6. ASTM C841 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR

LATHING AND FURRING7. ASTM C842 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION OF INTERIOR GYPSUM

PLASTER8. ASTM C 847 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR METAL LATH9. ASTM C926 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION OF PORTLAND

CEMENT-BASED PLASTER10. ASTM C 1063 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF LATHING AND

FURRING TO RECEIVE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PORTLAND CEMENT-BASED PLASTER (PLASTER AND STUCCO ACCESSORIES)

11. ASTM E119 STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR FIRE TESTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL

12. ASTM E 580 INSTALLATION OF METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN AREAS REQUIRING MODERATE SEISMIC RESTRAINT

13. ASCE 7 AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS, MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES

14. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL-EVALUATION SERVICES - AC 156 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR SEISMIC QUALIFICATION TESTING OF NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS

15. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL EVALUATION SERVICE REPORT ESR-1289 FOR DRYWALL GRID

16. IAPMO EVALUATION REPORT FOR SHORTSPAN ER016317. MIAMI DADE COUNTY, FLORIDA WIND UPLIFT COMPLIANT

1.4 SUBMITTALSA. PRODUCT DATA:

1. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF METAL FRAMING SYSTEM REQUIRED.

B. SAMPLES: 1. METAL FRAMING SYSTEM, INCLUDING MAIN RUNNER AND 4 FOOT CROSS TEES.

C. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. LAYOUT AND DETAILS OF METAL FRAMING SYSTEM. SHOW LOCATIONS OF ITEMS

WHICH ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH, OR SUPPORTED BY THE METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLER EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMING WORK OF

THIS SECTION WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN INSTALLATION OF WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.

B. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS: CONDUCT PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING TO VERIFY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

C. FIRE RESISTANCE CHARACTERISTICS: FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES THAT INCORPORATE METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN FIRE RESISTANCE ASSEMBLY AS INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OR ARCHITECTURAL PLANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGPROTECT AND STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND

VENTILATION) WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OPTIMUM RESULTS. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSOUTSIDE MANUFACTURER'S ABSOLUTE LIMITS.

SECTION 088000 - GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. GLASS.2. GLAZING SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES.

SUBMITTALS

A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF GLASS, SEALANT, AND ACCESSORIES..

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

GLASS MATERIALS

A. CLEAN HEAT STRENGTHENED FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS 1, QUALITY-Q3. - TEMPERED WHERE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS.

GLAZING COMPOUNDS

A. NEUTRAL-CURING SILICONE GLAZING SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 24, USE NT.

MISC. GLAZING MATERIALS

A. CLEANERS, PRIMERS, AND SEALERS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT OR GASKET MANUFACTURER.

B. SETTING BLOCKS: ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL WITH A SHORE, TYPE A DUROMETER HARDNESS OF 85, PLUS OR MINUS 5.

C. SPACERS: ELASTOMERIC BLOCKS OR CONTINUOUS EXTRUSIONS OF HARDNESSREQUIRED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN GLASS LITES IN PLACE FOR INSTALLATION INDICATED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

GLAZING, GENERAL

A. COMPLY WITH COMBINED WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS.

B. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION REMOVE NONPERMANENT LABELS AND ALL OTHER FOREIGN DEBRIS AND CLEAN SURFACES.

C. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.

SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT FLOORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. RESILIENT WALL BASE2. RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING

SUBMITTALS

A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CURRENT TECHNICAL LITERATURE FOR EACH COMPONENT SPECIFIED.

B. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE SPECIFIED IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SIZE.

CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS

A. MAINTENANCE DATA

EXTRA MATERIAL

A. PROVIDE 50 SQ. FT. OF FLOORING MATERIAL IN SELECTED COLOR(S).B. PROVIDE 10 LINEAL FT. OF RESILIENT BASE.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

RESILIENT WALL BASE

A. RESILIENT BASE: MEETS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F 186, TYPE TP, GROUP 1.1. HEIGHT: 4 INCH2. THICKNESS: 1/8 INCH3. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM FULL RANGE OF INDUSTRY COLORS.

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING

A. RESILIENT FLOORING: MEETS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F1913 1. THICKNESS: REFER TO SCHEDULE 2. WEARING SURFACE: REFER TO SCHEDULE3. SHEET WIDTH: AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER4. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM FULL RANGE OF INDUSTRY COLORS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

A. VERIFY THAT SUB-FLOOR ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN LEVELING TOLERANCES SPECIFIED FOR THAT TYPE OF WORK AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING.

B. VERIFY THAT SUB-FLOOR SURFACE ARE DUST FREE AND FREE OF SUBSTANCES WHICH WOULD IMPAIR BONDING OF ADHESIVE MATERIALS TO SUB-FLOOR SURFACES.

C. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: PREPARE ACCORDING TO ASTM F 710.D. TEST CONCRETE SUBSTRATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F 1869.

PREPARATION

A. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE.

B. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING UNTIL IT IS THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE IT IS TO BE INSTALLED

INSTALLATION

A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING

B. HEAT-WELDED SEAMS: COMPLY WITH ASTM F 1516. ROUT JOINTS AND HEAT WELD WITH WELDING BEAD TO PERMANENTLY FUSE SECTIONS INTO A SEAMLESS FLOORING. PREPARE, WELD, AND FINISH SEAMS TO PRODUCE SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJOINING FLOORING SURFACES.

C. INTEGRAL-COVE BASE: COVE RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 4 INCHES (152 MM) UP VERTICAL SURFACES. SUPPORT FLOORING AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JUNCTION WITH COVE STRIP. BUTT AT TOP AGAINST CAP STRIP.

D. APPLY ADHESIVE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING ANDPROTECTING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING

SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD.

SUBMITTALS

A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CURRENT TECHNICAL LITERATURE FOR EACH COMPONENT.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES: FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119 BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY.

INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. GYPSUM WALL BOARD, TYPE X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M1. APPLICATION: ON ALL SURFACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.2. THICKNESS 5/8 INCH.3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED.4. MAX. 20'-0" INSTALLED WITHOUT CONTROL JOINT OR AS RECOMMENDED PER

MANUFACTURER.B. CEILING BOARD; SAG RESISTANT TYPE.

1. APPLICATION: CEILINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.2. THICKNESS 5/8 INCH.3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED.

C. MOISTURE- AND MOLD-RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. WITH MOISTURE- AND MOLD- RESISTANT CORE AND PAPER SURFACES. IN ALL WET LOCATIONS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS.1. APPLICATION: ALL WET LOCATIONS INDICATED.2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH3. LONG EDGES: TAPERED

TILE BACKING PANELS

A. GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD EDGES; IN ALL WET LOCATIONS.

B. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: ANSIA118.9 AND ASTM C 1288 OR 1325, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD EDGES; IN ALL WET LOCATIONS.

TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. INTERIOR TRIM: ASTM C 1047.1. MATERIAL: GALVANIZED STEEL.

JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 475/C 475M AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.

AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS: ASTM C 665, TYPE I, GLASS FIBER, FRICTION SIT, UNFACED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840.B. EXAMINE PANELS BEFORE INSTALLATION. REJECT PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE

DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED.C. APPLY JOINT TAPE OVER GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS, EXCEPT FOR TRIM PRODUCTS

SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS NOT INTENDED TO RECEIVE TAPE.D. GYPSUM BOARD FINISH LEVELS: FINISH PANELS TO LEVELS INDICATED BELOW AND

ACCORDING TO ASTM C 840:1. LEVEL 1: CEILING PLENUM AREAS, CONCEALED AREAS, AND WHERE INDICATED.2. LEVEL 4: AT PANEL SURFACES THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW UNLESS

OTHERWISE INDICATED

SUBMITTALS

A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CURRENT TECHNICAL LITERATURE FOR EACH COMPONENT SPECIFIED.


A. MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES

A. COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264, CLASS AB. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE

PRODUCTS BY THE FOLLOWING; USG CORPORATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL:A. ECLIPSE CLIMAPLUS: FINE TEXTURE PANEL - ACT-1.

1. SIZE: 24 INCH X 48 INCH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS2. COLOR: WHITE3. EDGE: FL4. THICKNESS: 3/4"5. GRID PROFILE: CENTRICITEE DXT6. LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS

B. ECLIPSE CLIMAPLUS: FINE TEXTURE PANEL - ACT-2.1. SIZE: 24 INCH X 24 INCH: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS2. COLOR: WHITE3. EDGE: FL4. THICKNESS: 3/4"5. GRID PROFILE: CENTRICITEE DXT6. LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS

SUSPENDED METAL CEILING GRID

A. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM STANDARD TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635.B. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C

635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATEDA. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE

PRODUCTS BY THE FOLLOWING; USG CORPORATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL

B. DXLA GRID WITH ALUMINUM CAP SUSPENSION SYSTEM:1. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION: INTERMEDIATE DUTY2. COLOR: WHITE3. MOULDING:9/16"4. LOCATION: AS INDICATED IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SPECIFICATIONS.

C. CENTRICITEE DXT/DXLT:1. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION: INTERMEDIATE DUTY2. COLOR: WHITE3. MOULDING: 9/16 INCH X 15/16 INCH4. LOCATION: AS INDICATED IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SPECIFICATIONS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THAT LAYOUT WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY OTHER WORK.

INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636/C 636M AND ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.

B. RIGIDLY SECURE SYSTEM WITH ALL INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS INCLUDED.

C. INSTALL AFTER ALL MAJOR ABOVE CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE

SECTION 092900 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES2. SUSPENDED METAL CEILING GRID SYSTEMS

1.9 WARRANTYA. ACOUSTICAL PANEL: SUBMIT A WRITTEN WARRANTY EXECUTED BY THE

MANUFACTURER, AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE PANELS THAT FAIL WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:1. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: SAGGING AND WARPING2. GRID SYSTEM: RUSTING AND MANUFACTURER'S DEFECTS

B. B. WARRANTY PERIOD:1. GRID: ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

C. THE WARRANTY SHALL NOT DEPRIVE THE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS THE OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL BE IN ADDITION TO AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS:1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

B. ALUMINUM CUSTOM PERIMETER TRIM EXTRUDED:1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

C. PERIMETER SYSTEMS:1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

2.2.1 DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. ARMSTRONG DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS ALL MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES

SHALL BE COMMERCIAL QUALITY HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL1. TEE: MANUFACTURED MAIN BEAM- 1-1/2" KNURLED FACE WITH SCREWSTOP™

REVERSE HEM BY 1-11/16 INCHES HIGH. DRYWALL MAIN BEAMS ARE FACTORY PUNCHED WITH CROSSTEE ROUTS AND HANGER WIRE HOLES AND SUPERLOCK™ MAIN BEAM CLIP FOR A STRONG SECURE CONNECTION AND FAST ACCURATE ALIGNMENT. BOTH SHORTSPAN AND DRYWALL MAIN BEAMS ARE HEAVY-DUTY PERFORMANCE PER ASTM C635

HD8906G90 - 12FT HD DRYWALL MAIN BEAM 1-1/2 IN2. CROSS TEES: MANUFACTURED MAIN BEAM- 1-1/2" KNURLED FACE WITH

SCREWSTOP™ REVERSE HEM BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH WITH FACTORY PUNCHEDCROSS TEE ROUTS AND HANGER WIRE HOLES AND XL STAKE ON CLIP FOR ASTRONG SECURE CONNECTION.

XL8945P - 4FT DRYWALL CROSS TEE3. WALL MOLDING:

7857 - 12FT REVERSE ANGLE MOLDING4. HANGER WIRE: A CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, PRE-STRETCHED, WITH

A YIELD STRESS LOAD OF AT LEAST TIME THREE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD, BUT NOT LESS THAN 12-GAUGE.

5. MATERIAL INGREDIENT TRANSPARENCY: HEALTH PRODUCT DECLARATION (HPD); DECLARE LABEL

6. LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT: THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD)

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATION

A. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INSPECT PREVIOUS WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES. VERIFY THAT ALL WORK IS COMPLETE AND ACCURATE TO THE POINT WHERE THIS INSTALLATION MAY PROPERLY PROCEED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH FRAMING SHOP DRAWINGS.

B. IF SUBSTRATE PREPARATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANOTHER INSTALLER, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF UNSATISFACTORY PREPARATION BEFORE PROCEEDING.

C. INSTALLATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPROVED PLANS, DETAILS, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDELINES LOCATED IN THE ARMSTRONG DRYWALL GRID SYSTEMS AND SHORTSPAN INSTALLATION GUIDES.1. INSTALL SEISMIC COMPONENTS IF REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. SEISMIC

COMPONENTS TO BE SPECIFIED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER OR DESIGN TEAM.


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:04 PM

A10.01


21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES SURFACE PREPARATION AND THE APPLICATION OF PAINTSYSTEMS ON INTERIOR SUBSTRATES.

SUBMITTALS

A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CURRENT TECHNICAL LITERATURE FOREACH COMPONENT SPECIFIED.

B. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF PAINT SYSTEM AND IN EACH COLOR AND GLOSS OFTOPCOAT.

EXTRA MATERIAL

A. SUPPLY 1 GALLON (UNOPENED) OF EACH COLOR TO OWNER UPON FINALCOMPLETION; STORE WHERE INDICATED.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. MPI STANDARDS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH MPI STANDARDSINDICATED AND THAT ARE LISTED IN ITS "MPI APPROVED PRODUCTS LIST."

B. PROVIDE MATERIALS FOR USE WITHIN EACH PAINT SYSTEM THAT ARE COMPATIBLEWITH ONE ANOTHER AND SUBSTRATES INDICATED, UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICEAND APPLICATION AS DEMONSTRATED BY MANUFACTURER, BASED ON TESTING ANDFIELD EXPERIENCE.

C. VOC CONTENT: PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC STANDARDS ACCORDING TO: 40CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24)].

D. EPOXY PAINT: ALL LOCATIONS.

PAINT SYSTEMS INTERIOR

A. GYPSUM BOARD, OPAQUE, LATEX, 3 COAT:1. ONE COAT OF PRIMER SEALER.2. SEMI-GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL.3. EGGSHELL: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL.4. SATIN: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL.5. FLAT: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL.

ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. PATCHING MATERIAL: LATEX FILLER

PART - 3 EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS, WITH APPLICATOR PRESENT, FORCOMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AND OTHERCONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.

B. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF SUBSTRATES: WHEN MEASURED WITH ANELECTRONIC MOISTURE METER AS FOLLOWS:1. CONCRETE: 12 PERCENT.2. MASONRY (CLAY AND CMU): 12 PERCENT.3. GYPSUM BOARD: 12 PERCENT.

C. PROCEED WITH COATING APPLICATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONSHAVE BEEN CORRECTED.1. APPLICATION OF COATING INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES AND

CONDITIONS.

PREPARATION

A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONSIN "MPI MANUAL" APPLICABLE TO SUBSTRATES INDICATED.

B. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF PAINTS,INCLUDING DUST, DIRT, OIL, GREASE, AND INCOMPATIBLE PAINTS ANDENCAPSULANTS.

APPLICATION

A. APPLY PAINTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTION.B. APPLY PAINTS TO PRODUCE SURFACE FILMS WITHOUT CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING,

HOLIDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH MARKS, ROLLER TRACKING, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS, OROTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. CUT IN SHARP LINES AND COLOR BREAKS.

CLEANING AND PROTECTIONA. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES AGAINST DAMAGE FROM PAINT APPLICATION.

CORRECT DAMAGE TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.B. AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OF OTHER TRADES, TOUCH UP AND

RESTORE DAMAGED OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES.

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIESSECTION 09 77 33SANITARY WALL PANELSPART 1 GENERAL1.1 SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. PREFINISHED SANITARY WALL PANELS.2. TRIM.

1.2 SUBMITTALSA. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS:

1. REGIONAL MATERIALS.2. LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM 5 YEARS' EXPERIENCE IN WORK OF THIS

SECTION.1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS IF TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATIONREQUIREMENTS ARE OUTSIDE LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:1. CRANE COMPOSITES. ( WWW.CRANECOMPOSITES.COM )2. MARLITE. (WWW.MARLITE.COM )

2.2 MATERIALSA. SANITARY WALL PANELS:

1. TYPE: GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC, USDA APPROVED FOR INCIDENTALFOOD CONTACT.

2. SIZE: 3/32 INCH THICK X 48 INCHES WIDE X MAXIMUM PRACTICAL LENGTH.3. COLOR: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS4. SURFACE TEXTURE: LOW GLOSS, PEBBLED.

2.3 ACCESSORIESA. TRIM:

1. ONE PIECE EXTRUDED PVC, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROFILE.2. INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS, DIVISION BAR, AND J-MOLDING.3. COLOR: TO MATCH PANELS.

B. ADHESIVE:1. COMPATIBLE WITH PANELS AND SUBSTRATE; RECOMMENDED BY PANEL

MANUFACTURER.2. MAXIMUM VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT: 70 GRAMS PER

LITER.C. JOINT SEALER: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9200.D. PATCHING COMPOUND: WHITE LATEX TYPE.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATION

A. PREPARE SUBSTRATE TO RECEIVE PANELS:1. REMOVE HIGH SPOTS.2. FILL LOW SPOTS WITH PATCHING COMPOUND; SAND SMOOTH.3. REMOVE LOOSE AND FOREIGN MATTER THAT COULD IMPAIR ADHESION.

3.2 INSTALLATIONA. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.B. INSTALL TRIM:

1. PANEL-TO-PANEL JOINTS: DIVISION BAR.2. INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CORNERS.3. EXPOSED EDGES: J MOLDING.4. SECURE TO SUBSTRATE.

C. CUT PANELS TO FIT AT PERIMETER AND AROUND PENETRATIONS. ENSURE THATTRIM WILL COMPLETELY COVER CUT EDGES.

D. MAINTAIN 1/8 TO 3/16 INCH EXPANSION SPACE AT PERIMETER AND AROUNDPENETRATIONS.

E. ADHERE PANELS TO SUBSTRATE WITH FULL BED OF ADHESIVE.F. INSTALL CONTINUOUS BEAD OF JOINT SEALER BETWEEN PANELS AND TRIM AND

BETWEEN TRIM AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION.

SECTION 102600 - WALL PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. CORNER GUARDS.

SUBMITTALS


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:1. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.

B. CORNER GUARDS - SURFACE MOUNTED WITH CONTINUOUS FOAM DOUBLE SIDEDTAPE: SCRATCH AND STAIN RESISTANT: RIGID VINYL.1. HEIGHT - 48 INCH; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.2. LENGTH; 2 1/2 INCH; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3. THICKNESS; .080" (2MM)4. COLOR - REFER TO F-800 SERIES INTERIOR DRAWINGS

U-SHAPED GUARDS REQUIRED ON ALL EXPOSED DRYWALL RETURNS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERSRECOMMENDATIONS. ALL INSTALLATION TO BE LEVEL AND PLUMB.

SECTION 102800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES.

SUBMITTALS


B. PRODUCT SCHEDULE: INDICATING TYPES, QUANTITIES, SIZES, AND INSTALLATIONLOCATIONS BY ROOM OF EACH ACCESSORY REQUIRED.


A. MAINTANENCE DATA

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

GENERAL

A. SHOP ASSEMBLED, FREE OF DENTS AND SCRATCHES, PACKAGED COMPLETE WITHALL NECESSARY HARDWARE FOR INSTALLATION.

B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:1. BOBRICK, INC.OR APPROVED EQUAL.

TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES

A. SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.1. DESCRIPTION: SURFACE MOUNTED

B. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.1. DESCRIPTION: SINGLE ROLL DISPENSER

C. GRAB BARS - QUANTITIES AND SIZES AS DICTATED ON DRAWINGS.1. DESCRIPTION: STAINLESS STEEL; 1 - 1/4 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER, MIN .05 INCH

WALL THICKNESS; NON SLIP GRASPING SURFACE, CONCEALED FLANGEMOUNTING; 1 - 1/2 INCHES CLEARANCE BETWEEN FINISHED WALL AND INSIDE OFGRAB BAR.

D. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.1. DESCRIPTION: SURFACE MOUNTED.

E. SOAP DISPENSER: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.1. DESCRIPTION: LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER.

F. ADA MIRROR: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.1. DESCRIPTION: FIX TILTED; STAINLESS STEEL, SURFACE MOUNTED, CORNERS:

MITERED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL ALL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.

SECTION 104413 - FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS AND EXTINGUISHERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. SECTION INCLUDES:1. FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS2. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.

SUBMITTALS



A. MAINTANENCE DATA

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS

A. FIRE-RATED FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS: LISTED AND LABELED TO COMPLY WITHREQUIREMENTS IN ASTM E 814 FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF WALLS WHERETHEY ARE INSTALLED.

B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:1. LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING COMPANY OR APPROVED EQUAL. - "ARCHITECTURAL"

SERIESa. DOOR STYLE: FULL PANEL WITH CLEAR TEMPERED GLASSb. CABINET STYLE: SQUARE TRIM: SEMI-RECESSED 1 1/2 INCHc. CABINET AND DOOR MATERIAL: STEEL: COLOR: WHITEd. LETTERING: VINYL GRAPHIC W/ TEXT STATING "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" COLOR:

RED..

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

A. NFPA COMPLIANCE: FABRICATE AND LABEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO COMPLY WITHNFPA 10, "PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS."

B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATIONBY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION.1. TYPE: MULTI-PURPOSE DRY-CHEMICAL: TYPE ABC, 10LB, RECHARGABLE, TAGGED.2. BRACKETS: GALVANIZED STEEL; COLOR: BLACK.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS IN LOCATIONSINDICATED AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION.


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 8:15:05 PM

A10.02


21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS

1. GENERAL PROVISIONSA. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ALTERNATES, ADDENDA'S, AND DIVISION 1 ARE

A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EXAMINE SAME AS WELL AS OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONSWHICH AFFECT WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION.

B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, SERVICES, AND SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK COMPLETE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SPECIFICATION AND APPLICABLE DRAWINGS. ANY DEVIATIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY DEFINED AND ITEMIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 11.F OFTHIS SPECIFICATION.

C. THIS CONTRACTOR IS INSTRUCTED TO READ CAREFULLY THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK, WHICH INCLUDE THE ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS AS WELL AS THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL THEDIVISIONS THAT ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

D. ALL ITEMS OF LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON PLANS, BUT INCIDENTAL TO, OR REQUIRED FOR THECOMPLETE INSTALLATION AND PROPER OPERATION OF THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL BY THE SPECIFICATIONS ORDRAWINGS.

E. AS USED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, “PROVIDE" MEANS "FURNISH AND INSTALL". "FURNISH" MEANS "TO PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITECOMPLETE WITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE AND SUPPORT," AND "INSTALL" MEANS "TO UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE ANDPERFORM EVERY OPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER CODES AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS, TO ESTABLISH SECUREMOUNTING AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT.

2. PERMITS, CODES, INSPECTIONS, AND TESTSA. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE PROSECUTION OF PLUMBING WORK. ALL

PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL SIGNED BY THE CONTROLLING BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF THEOWNER.

B. DRAWINGS INDICATE THE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED. COMPLY WITH THE LATESTEDITIONS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE, LOCAL GOVERNING MECHANICAL CODE, AND NFPA STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDETHE COST OF SATISFYING SUCH CODES AND STANDARDS IN THEIR BID. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE PLUMBING WORK, FURNISH TO THE OWNER, IN DUPLICATE, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY REGULATORY AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION.1. DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER AND ENGINEERS' SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH OF THE SYSTEMS COMPRISING THIS CONTRACT

BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT.2. IMMEDIATELY CORRECT ANY WORK FOUND AT VARIANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, AND REQUIREMENTS

OF GOVERNING REGULATORY AGENCIES.3. TEST PIPING FOR LEAKS; REPAIR LEAKS IN COPPER TUBING BY SWEATING OUT JOINTS, THOROUGHLY CLEANING BOTH TUBE AND FITTING, AND RE-

SOLDERING OR RE-BRAZING; CORRECT LEAKS IN SCREWED JOINTS BY REPLACING THREAD OR FITTING OR BOTH.a. DOMESTIC WATER SHALL BE TESTED WITH WATER AT A PRESSURE OF 125 PSI FOR 6 HOURS.b. NATURAL GAS SHALL BE TESTED WITH COMPRESSED AIR AT A PRESSURE OF 1-1/2 TIMES THE PROPOSED MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (BUT NOT

LESS THAN 3 PSI) FOR 24 HOURS. TESTING PROCEDURE SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 54 "NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE" AND ICC FUEL GAS CODEREQUIREMENTS.

c. SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT AND STORM PIPING SHALL BE TESTED WITH WATER PER GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY.3. VISIT TO THE SITE

A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. THE SUBMISSION OF APROPOSAL SHALL PRESUPPOSE KNOWLEDGE OF ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WHERE EXTRA LABOR OR MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF THESE CONDITIONS.

4. PROTECTIONA. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PROTECTION FROM DIRT AND WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION NECESSITATED BY PLUMBING

WORK.5. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL CONFORM TO UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES STANDARDS, WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBE, OR PLANS SHOW, MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT OF HIGHER QUALITY THAN REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL RULING, THE DRAWINGSAND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROOF, IF REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER THAT THE MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., AS REGARDS FIRE AND CASUALTY HAZARDS.THE LABEL OF OR LISTING BY THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED AS CONFORMING WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. IN LIEU OF THELABEL OR LISTING, THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT INDEPENDENT PROOF SATISFACTORY TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE MATERIALS, APPLIANCES OR DEVICES CONFORM TO THE PUBLISHED STANDARDS, INCLUDING METHODS OF TEST OF THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES,INC. AND ITS PUBLICATIONS WILL BE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER BY THE ABBREVIATION UL, WITH OR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL IDENTIFYING SYMBOLS.

6. GUARANTEEA. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR THAT ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT WILL REMAIN FREE FROM ALL DEFECTS IN

WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, AND THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER CONTRACTDOCUMENTS GOVERNING THE WORK.

B. ALL WORK FOUND BY THE ENGINEER TO BE DEFECTIVE WILL BE REPLACED WITH NEW WORK MEETING ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT. THEPLUMBING CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR ALL COSTS OF SUPPLYING SUCH NEW WORK, AND INSTALLING AND FINISHING SAME, AND WILL ASSUME ALL COSTS FOR REPLACING OTHER WORK DAMAGED BY THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY OF THE WORK. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR ALL COSTS FOR FREIGHT, DRAYAGE AND DEMURRAGE, AND ALL LABOR IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.

7. CUTTING, PATCHING, FIRESTOPPING AND PAINTINGA. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CUTTING ALL HOLES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING WORK. HOLES SHALL BE CUT IN A NEAT

MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT.B. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY AN BUILDING OWNER APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS. ROOF SHALL BE REPAIRED SO AS

NOT TO VOID ROOF WARRANTY.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL HOLES OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK OR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK SHALL BE

PROPERLY PATCHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. HOLES SHALL BE NEATLY PATCHED AND PAINTED WITH SUITABLE MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACES.HOLES THROUGH FLOORS OR FIRE WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH THE APPROPRIATE INTUMESCENT CAULK, PUTTY, STRIP OR SHEET TYPE FIRE BARRIER PRODUCT.

D. FIRESTOP SYSTEM (REQUIRED FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS) SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE WALL OR FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY AND PENETRATION TYPE ANDSHALL BE UL LISTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E814. FIRE RATING OF THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THE ASSEMBLY WHICH IS PENETRATED.

E. ACCEPTABLE FIRE BARRIER PRODUCTS: HILTI "FS-ONE", NELSON “FLAMESEAL” OR APPROVED EQUAL AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M.8. EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING:

A. FURNISH MATERIALS, TOOLS, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ALL EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING REQUIRED FOR THEPROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING.

B. EXACT ROUTING OF TRENCHING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED, IN ADVANCE, BY THE ENGINEER.C. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES.D. WHERE TRENCHES ARE EXCAVATED SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH FORMS THE BED FOR THE PIPE, SOLID AND CONTINUOUS LOAD-BEARING

SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN JOINTS. BELL HOLES, HUB HOLES AND COUPLED HOLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT POINTS WHERE THE PIPE IS JOINED. SUCH PIPE SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED ON BLOCKS TO GRADE.

9. CLEANING AND PAINTINGA. CLEAN NEW PIPING AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE TO REMOVE PIPE DOPE, LOOSE MILL SCALE AND OTHER EXTRANEOUS MATERIALS.B. TOUCH UP AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGED FACTORY FINISHES ON EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FURNISHED. OTHER PAINTING WILL BE DONE UNDER THE

PAINTING DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.10. COORDINATION AND CONDUCT OF WORK

A. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL NEW (GAS, DOMESTIC WATER, SANITARY) UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND METERING REQUIREMENTS WITHLOCAL UTILITY COMPANY.

B. PLUMBING DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, INDICATING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, APPROXIMATE SIZES, GENERAL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, AND PIPING.VERIFY DIMENSIONS IN FIELD; ADJUST TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.

C. ALL REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SUPPLEMENTAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY(S).

D. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK SPECIFIED BUT NOT SHOWN, OR SHOWN BUT NOTSPECIFIED, SHALL BE PERFORMED OR FURNISHED AS THOUGH MENTIONED IN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS.

E. ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SUPERSEDE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DETERMINE THAT WORK OF THIS DIVISION CAN BE ACCOMMODATEDWITHIN SPACES PROVIDED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY INTERFERENCES BEFORE STARTING INSTALLATION.

F. DETERMINE SIZES, LOCATIONS FOR CHASES AND OPENINGS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING WORK. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES INSETTING SLEEVES, INSERTS AND HANGERS.

G. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL TRADES. ARRANGE OPERATIONS SO AS NOT TO DELAY INSTALLATION OR COMPLETION OF ANY PARTS OFINTERRELATED WORK SO THAT CONSTRUCTION MAY PROCEED ON SCHEDULE.

H. COOPERATE WITH ALL TRADES IN PREPARING INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS FOR AREAS WHERE THERE IS POSSIBLE CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES. EXACT LOCATION OF PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS WITH FINAL ARRANGEMENT DETERMINED BY INTRA-TRADE AGREEMENTSSUBJECT TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL.

I. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE REASONABLE CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.J. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY FIRST-CLASS MECHANICS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND

COMPETENT SUPERVISION OF THE JOB AS REQUIRED.K. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ARRANGED SUBSTANTIALLY AS INDICATED. ANY CHANGE RESULTING IN A SAVINGS IN LABOR OR MATERIAL SHALL BE

MADE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER. DEVIATIONS SHALL BE MADE ONLY WHERE NECESSARY TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND ONLY AFTER DRAWINGS SHOWING THE PROPOSED DEVIATIONS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

11. SUBMITTALSA. PROVIDE ELECTRONIC VERSION (PDF) SUBMITTAL FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND ALL OTHER SPECIFIED COMPONENTS FOR APPROVAL BY THE

ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.B. WHERE ONLY ONE MAKE OF EQUIPMENT IS NAMED, IT SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SPECIFIED.C. VERBAL REQUESTS OF APPROVALS FOR ANY SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT BE BINDING ON THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OR ENGINEER.D. THIS CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL COSTS FOR REDESIGN CHANGES NECESSARY BY ALL TRADES TO ACCOMMODATE THE USE OF

EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIED ON PROJECT DOCUMENTS.E. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR LISTED ALTERNATIVES. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCTS

SPECIFIED BY TYPE, MODEL, AND SIZE AND THUS ESTABLISH MINIMUM QUALITIES, WHICH SUBSTITUTES MUST MEET TO QUALIFY FOR REVIEW.F. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEVICES, OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED AND LISTED, THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, TO THE ENGINEER, AT LEAST FOURTEEN (14) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. THE REQUEST SHALL BE AN ALTERNATE TO THE ORIGINAL BID AND SHALL INCLUDE AND BE ACCOMPANIED WITH COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS CUT SHEETSUBMITTAL AS OUTLINED IN SECTION 11.A OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION, COMPLETE WITH DESCRIPTIVE (MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, CATALOGNUMBER, ETC.) AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR ALL ITEMS. INDICATE ANY ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE WITH THE SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL AND ON THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO PERFORM THESE ACTIONS EQUATES TO ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT THE PROJECT HAS BEEN BID WITHSTRICT ACCORDANCE TO THIS SPECIFICATION AND APPLICABLE DRAWINGS.

G. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. IF REQUESTED, THECONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSPECTION SAMPLES OF BOTH THE SPECIFIED AND THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE ITEMS.

H. IF ANY SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, AN ADDENDUM LISTING THE APPROVED ITEM(S) WILL BE ISSUED TO ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE.

I. IN ALL CASES WHERE SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY EXTRA COST OF EVALUATING THE EQUALITY OF THE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED.

12. EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IDENTIFICATIONA. LABEL ALL PIPING SYSTEMS WITH PIPE MARKERS INSTALLED ADJACENT TO VALVES, WHERE PIPES PASS THROUGH WALLS OR FLOORS, NEAR

ALL BRANCHES AND CHANGES OF DIRECTION, AT 20 FEET INTERVALS ON STRAIGHT RUNS OF PIPE, AND AT ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS. ALL PIPEMARKERS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI A13.1 “SCHEME FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS”.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF NAMEPLATES DESIGNED TO IDENTIFY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.1. NAMEPLATE LETTER AND NUMBERS SHALL MATCH EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.2. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH BLACK SURFACE AND WHITE CORE. USE 1/16" THICK MATERIAL FOR PLATES UP TO 2"

BY 4". FOR LARGER SIZES USE 1/8" THICK. LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/2" HIGH.3. FASTEN NAMEPLATES TO ALL EQUIPMENT BY THE USE OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS.

13. AS-BUILT DRAWINGSA. AS WORK PROGRESSES, RECORD ON A SET OF "AS-BUILT" PRINTS ANY DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN DRAWINGS. DELIVER TO THE OWNER BEFORE

SUBMITTING REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT. THE "AS-BUILT" PRINTS SHALL BE AN ACCURATE DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT AS COMPLETED.14. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. PROVIDE TO OWNER, AT PROJECT TURNOVER, THREE (3) HARDBOUND COPIES OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENTAND SYSTEMS INSTALLED. MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE ALL RELEVANT INFORMATION NEEDED FOR DAY-TO-DAY OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT OFEACH SYSTEM, AS WELL AS EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE INFORMATION REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.

15. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSA. PROVIDE TO OWNER AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT IS IN OPERATION AND AT AN AGREEABLE TIME, INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TRAINING

OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN ALL PHASES OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OWNER,PROVIDE AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS PRIOR NOTICE. PROVIDE THIS TRAINING TO ALL PERSONNEL AND ON ALL SHIFTS.

16. INSULATIONA. PROVIDE ALL INSULATION MATERIALS (INSULATION, JACKETS, FITTING COVERS, ADHESIVES, CEMENTS, MASTICS, SEALERS AND FINISHES) WITH A

FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED UNDER PROCEDURE ASTM E-84 (NFPA 255).B. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER CLEAN, DRY SURFACES. INSULATION MUST BE DRY AND IN GOOD CONDITION. WET OR DAMAGED

INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. NO INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED PRIOR TO PRESSURE TEST COMPLETION OF THE RESPECTIVE PIPING SYSTEM.C. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS (INCLUDING VAPOR BARRIER) THROUGH WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS, SLEEVES, AND PIPE HANGER

LOCATIONS.D. ALL INSULATION PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. THE WORKMANSHIP SHALL

BE FIRST CLASS AND ALL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE TIGHT.E. INSULATE VALVE BONNETS AND UNIONS ON DOMESTIC WATER PIPING WITH INSULATION MATCHING PIPE INSULATION.F. INSULATE DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING AND FITTINGS WITH OWENS-CORNING ONE-PIECE FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE

JACKET, 1/2" THICKNESS FOR PIPING LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.5", 1" THICKNESS FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 1.5". INSULATE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING AND FITTINGS WITH THE SAME INSULATION, 1" THICKNESS FOR PIPING LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.5", 2" THICKNESS FOR PIPING LARGER THAN 1.5". INSULATE DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN PIPING AND FITTINGS WITH MINIMUM 1" THICKNESS.

G. INSULATE HORIZONTAL STORM PIPING AND ROOF DRAIN SUMPS WITH OWENS-CORNING ONE PIECE FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH ALLSERVICE JACKET, 1/2" THICKNESS.

H. INSULATE ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TRAP AND WASTE PIPING WITHIN CABINET WITH 1/2" THICK ARMAFLEX AP PIPING INSULATION.I. REPAIR EXISTING INSULATION WHERE REMOVED FOR NEW CONNECTION. INSULATION SHALL BE THE SAME AS SPECIFIED FOR NEW SERVICE.J. ALL INSULATION USED AS PLENUM WRAP COVERING FOR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN A PLENUM SPACE SHALL BE 3M PLENUM PROTECTION SYSTEM

(PP-100-P), ONE LAYER OF 3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 5A, IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL910 & UL1887.17. MATERIALS

A. PIPE AND FITTINGS1. DOMESTIC WATER SHALL BE TYPE "L" COPPER.2. DOMESTIC WATER BELOW FLOOR SHALL BE TYPE “K” SOFT COPPER.3. NATURAL GAS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL.4. SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE (TYPE DWV) WHERE POSSIBLE.5. SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT PIPING LOCATED IN PLENUM RETURN OR RATED WALLS SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT NO HUB CAST IRON PIPE. ALL

CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A 888 (OR A 74) AND BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE TRADEMARK OF THE CASTIRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI) AND BE LISTED BY THE NSF INTERNATIONAL.

6. FITTINGS FOR COPPER PIPE SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER SOLDER JOINT TYPE. ONLY LEAD FREE SOLDER IS ACCEPTABLE.7. FITTINGS FOR BLACK STEEL PIPE 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE 150 PSIG SWP MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS. FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER,

FITTINGS SHALL BE FACTORY FORMED WELDING FITTINGS.8. FITTINGS FOR STORM DRAIN, SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE (TYPE DWV) WITH SOLVENT CEMENT

PVC (DWV) FACTORY FORMED FITTINGS.9. FITTINGS FOR STORM DRAIN, SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT PIPING LOCATED IN PLENUM RETURN OR RATED WALLS SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT NO

HUB CAST IRON PIPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL MECHANICAL JOINT COUPLINGS. COUPLINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH “CISPI 310”. THEELASTOMERIC SEALING SLEEVE SHALL CONFORM TO “ASTM C 564” AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A CENTER STOP. MECHANICAL JOINT

COUPLINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.B. DOMESTIC WATER VALVES

1. DOMESTIC WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE BODY, TWO PIECE, FULL PORT, LEVER HANDLE BALL VALVES WITH TEFLON SEATS,CHROME PLATED BRASS BALL, BRASS STEM AND SOLDER ENDS. 600 PSI WOG. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: MILWAUKEE, HAMMOND,APOLLO

2. HORIZONTAL CHECK VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE BODY, SWING TYPE DESIGN, BRONZE DISC, STAINLESS STEEL LEVER WITH SOLDER ENDS. 200 PSI WOG. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: MILWAUKEE, HAMMOND, APOLLO

3. MANUAL BALANCING VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE BODY, COMBINATION VENTURI AND BALL VALVE WITH TWO PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TESTPORTS, MEMORY STOP, INLET UNION CONNECTION AND THREADED ENDS, 400 PSI AT 250°F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: FLOW DESIGN INC."FLOWSET".

C. NATURAL GAS VALVES1. 2" AND SMALLER - WRENCH-OPERATED, RECTANGULAR PORT, CYLINDRICAL LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES WITH CAST IRON BODY, PLUG AND

BASEPLATE, TFE GASKET, STAINLESS STEEL BASEPLATE SPRING, STEEL SEALANT SCREW AND THREADED ENDS. 200 PSI WOG. U.L. LISTED.2. 2-1/2" AND LARGER - WRENCH-OPERATED, RECTANGULAR PORT, CYLINDRICAL LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES WITH CAST IRON BODY, PLUG AND

BASEPLATE, TFE GASKET, STAINLESS STEEL BASEPLATE SPRING, STEEL SEALANT SCREW AND FLANGED ENDS. 200 PSI WOG. U.L. LISTED.3. PROVIDE ALL VALVES WITH A REMOVABLE WRENCH TO MATCH OPERATOR SQUARE HEAD SIZE. WRENCHES SHALL BE LOCKED IN PLACE WITH A

SET SCREW.18. PIPING INSTALLATION

A. PROVIDE MACHINE CUT STEEL PIPE SLEEVE 1" LARGER THAN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE. WHERE FLOORS ARE CORE DRILLED, STEEL SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED. SEAL OPENINGS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE FIRE RATING.

B. PROVIDE ALL INSERTS, FASTENERS AND SUPPORTS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT AND RETAIN PIPING; TO CONTROL EXPANSION, CONTRACTION,ANCHORAGE, DRAINAGE, AND PREVENT SWAY AND VIBRATION. PIPING SHALL BE SO SUPPORTED AS NOT TO PLACE A STRAIN ON VALVES, FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT.

C. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE PIPING SYSTEMS. SO FAR AS PRACTICAL, INSTALL PIPING ASINDICATED MAKING CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. INSTALL PIPING AS DIRECT AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING UNNECESSARY OFFSETS.HOWEVER, IF OFFSETS ARE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM HEADROOM OR TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER WORK, THEY SHALL BEMADE AS REQUIRED OR AS REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TOMAKE MINOR CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DURING THE ROUGHING-IN, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALLCHANGES PROPOSED BY OTHERS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT.

D. INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS OR BENDSE. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THEY CAN BE COMPLETELY DRAINED. PROVIDE TEE FITTING, BALL VALVE WITH HOSE THREAD FITTING

AND CAP AT ALL LOW POINTS, TRAPPED SECTIONS, BASES OF RISERS, AND ON EQUIPMENT SIDE OF SHUT OFF VALVES TO PERMIT DRAINING.PROVIDE BALL VALVES AT ALL HIGH POINTS TO ALLOW VENTING. ALL DRAIN VALVES AND VENTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE

F. TERMINATE PLUMBING VENT PIPES AT LEAST 12 INCHES ABOVE ROOF.G. BUILDING DRAINS SHALL BE PITCHED A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPES UP TO 2-1/2 INCH AND 1/8 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPES

GREATER THAN 2-1/2 INCHES.H. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS WHERE QUICK-CLOSING VALVES ARE UTILIZED, AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S

SPECIFICATIONS.I. PROVIDE CHECK VALVES WHERE BACKFLOW PROTECTION IS REQUIRED, AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S

SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE AT FIXTURES SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO; DISHWASHERS, COFFEE MAKERS, ICE MACHINES, BEVERAGE DISPENSERS,REFRIGERATORS. PROVIDE WATTS 007 OR EQUIVALENT.

J. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT COUPLING OF DISSIMILAR METALS19. DISINFECTION

A. CHLORINATE ALL DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS AS FOLLOWS. FIRST FLUSH SYSTEM WITH CLEAN POTABLE WATER UNTIL DIRTY WATER DOES NOTAPPEAR AT OUTLETS. THEN FILL WITH A WATER/CHLORINE SOLUTION (50PPM CHLORINE) AND ALLOW TO STAND FOR 24 HOURS. FOLLOWING

STANDING TIME, FLUSH THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN POTABLE WATER UNTIL CHLORINE IS PURGED FROM THE SYSTEM. REPEAT CHLORINATION, IF NECESSARY, UNTIL NO BACTERIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION IS PRESENT IN THE SYSTEM. PROCEDURE SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C651 AND BE ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT.

20. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTA. GENERAL

1. PROVIDE FIXTURES OF TYPE, STYLE AND MATERIAL AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INCLUDE ALL TRIM, CARRIERS, SEATS, ETC. ASINDICATED OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.

2. PROVIDE VACUUM BREAKERS AS PART OF THE FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT TRIM WHEREVER THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF BACK SIPHONING.3. PROVIDE DOUBLE CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE OR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WHERE BACKFLOW PROTECTION IS REQUIRED, AND INSTALL

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, USE WATTS SERIES 7 BRONZE DUAL CHECK VALVE.4. PROVIDE FIXTURES CONSTRUCTED OF VITREOUS CHINA WITH ALL VISIBLE SURFACES GLAZED. FURNISH ENAMELED CAST IRON FIXTURES

CONSTRUCTED WITH NON-STAINING, ACID RESISTANT, PORCELAIN ENAMELED COAT THOROUGHLY FUSED ON THE SURFACES. FURNISH STAINLESS STEEL SINKS WITH SATIN FINISH, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

5. PROVIDE ALL STOPS, SUPPLIES, TRAPS AND ESCUTCHEONS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BECHROME PLATED BRASS.

6. STOPS SHALL BE STRAIGHT OR ANGLE TYPE AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION, WITH LOOSE KEY, METAL STEM AND WASHER CUP WITH SETSCREW WASHER RETAINER.

7. SUPPLIES SHALL BE FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED COPPER.8. TRAPS SHALL BE 17 GAUGE CHROME PLATED BRASS WITH CLEAN-OUT PLUG. FURNISH WITH SLIP NUTS, WALL BEND AND ESCUTCHEON.9. PROVIDE CARRIERS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER FIXTURE INSTALLATION. TYPE SHALL PERMIT FIELD ADJUSTMENT TO FIT

VARIATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SUPPORT ALL WALL MOUNTED PLUMBING FIXTURES ON CONCEALED CHAIRCARRIERS WITH FOOT SUPPORT.

10. PROVIDE FAUCET AERATORS AND OUTLETS OF TYPES APPROVED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND LOCAL PLUMBING CODE, REFER TOIPC TABLE 604.4.

11. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAPS WHERE FIXTURES ARE INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEAMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. INSULATION KITS SHALL BE 3/16" THICK MOLDED CLOSED CELL VINYL CONSTRUCTION WITH PVC SATIN WHITE COVER.

2012 West 25th Street, Suite 200Cleveland, OH 44113-4313

Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:05 PM

P0.00

PLUMBINGSPECIFICATIONS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


EXISTING INCOMING GAS SERVICE MAIN

GAS PIPING BRANCH TO ADJACENT TENANT

DISCONNECT GAS SERVICE FROM EXISTING MAIN GAS METER FOR CONNECTION TO NEW SEPARATE GAS METER TO SERVE BUILDING, SEE NEW WORK

CW (E)

REMOVE CW PIPING COMPLETE BACK TO MAIN INCOMING SHUT-OFF AT FLOOR

REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER AND HW DISTRIBUTION PIPING COMPLETE TO EXTENT SHOWN (TYP)

REMOVE EXISTING LAVS COMPLETE INCLUDING CW/HW/SAN/VENT PIPING. CAP VENT ABOVE CEILING AND REMOVE SAN PIPING TO FLOOR, CAP, AND PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING

SAN (E) SAN (E)

SAN

(E)

G (E)

G (E

)

REMOVE EXISTING URINAL COMPLETE AND PREPARE FOR NEW LAV INSTALLATION AT SIMILAR LOCATION

REMOVE EXISTING SERVICE SINK COMPLETE AND PREPARE FOR NEW WASHER WALL BOX INSTALLATION AT SIMILAR LOCATION

EXISTING LAVS TO REMAIN. REMOVE PIPING ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO NEW PIPING. SEE NEW WORKCW (E)

HW (E)

V (E)V (E)

EXISTING CW SERVICE FROM WELL ON SITE

G (E)

REMOVE SINK COMPLETE AND PREPARE FOR CONNECTION TO NEW SINK IN SIMILAR LOCATION

REMOVE HOSE BIBB AND CAP PIPING WITHIN WALL

REMOVE EXPOSED SHUT-OFF VALVE AND CAP PIPING WITHIN WALL


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:08 PM

P1.00

PLUMBINGDEMOLITION PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

HVAC AND PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES:1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DEMOLITION MAY INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE COMPLETE REMOVAL OF

THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS. REFERENCE REMOVAL DRAWINGS: 1. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 2. GRILLES. 3. REGISTERS. 4. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 5. VALVES AND FITTINGS. 6. SUPPORTS.

1.02 DEFINITIONS A. REMOVED: REFERS TO MECHANICAL SERVICES WHICH ARE TO BE

DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM PROJECT SITE. B. SALVAGED: REFERS TO ITEMS WHICH ARE DISCONNECTED, TAKEN OUT OF

SERVICE AND TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.

2.01 MATERIALS A. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR DEMOLITION WORK.

3.01 PREPARATION A. COORDINATE UTILITY SERVICE OUTAGES WITH BUILDING OWNER. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN

SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHEN CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO PERFORM WORK ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT, USE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN SUCH OPERATIONS.

C. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS.

3.02 SCHEDULING AND PHASING A. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY DEMOLITION WORK WITHIN THE BUILDING, PROVIDE

THE A/E AND OWNER A SCHEDULE OF PHASED SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION AT THE SITE.

B. COORDINATE THE MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH ALL ASPECTS OF DEMOLITION UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

• DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS.

• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT S4(X) GLOBAL, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATI0NS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST.

• BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.

FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS


REF

.

REF.

REF

.

REF.

TERMINATE SCAVENGER PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL WITH SUPERA 3000 UNIT. PROVIDE ILLUMINATED WALL SWITCH TO SHOW WHEN UNIT IS IN OPERATION. PROVIDED BY OWNER

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

SK-2

SK-1

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

FCO

WB-1

WB-2

ET-1

CWHW

SAN

SAN

CW

HWCW

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106

HM Office/ Conf. Rm.109

Staff Break Rm.110Women's Rm.

114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124

Lab/Pharmacy & Tech Stations123

Recovery Cages126

Prep127

Surgery128

Dental129

Reception103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

ISO107

Prep108

O2125

Men's Rm.115

FD-(E)

LAV-(E)

LAV-(E)WC-(E)

WC-(E)WC-(E)

LAV-1

(BY OWNER)SCRUB SINK

CWHW

SK-1

FCO

RP-12.0 GPM

G (E)

RHW

FCO

(ETR)WCO

SAN

VTR (ETR)

RHW

RHW

CTX

CWHW

SAN (E)

WH-1

SANMB-1

CW

FCO

3" FD-1

SAN

FD-(E)

FD-(E)FD-(E)

GWH-150 CFH

V

V

V (E)V (E)

CTX

CW (E)HW (E)

1

1

F-366 CFH2

3

5

4 CTX

EXISTING INCOMING GAS SERVICE MAIN

GAS PIPING BRANCH TO ADJACENT TENANT

CW (E)EXISTING 1" CW SERVICE FROM WELL ON SITE

G (E)

G (E

)

CTX

V

SK-1

CWHW

4" VTR

FCO

CTX

CTX

RHW HW

CWG

(E)

UPSIZE CW SERVICE TO 1-1/2" AT ENTRANCE INTO SPACE

WB-2

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106


Staff Break Rm.110

Women's Rm.114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124


Recovery Cages126Prep

127

Surgery128

Dental129

Reception103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

ISO107

Prep108O2

125

Men's Rm.115

1

1

SCAV

SCAV

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106


Staff Break Rm.110

Women's Rm.114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124


Recovery Cages126

Prep127

Surgery128

Dental129 Reception

103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

ISO107Prep

108O2

125

Men's Rm.115

O

OO

SCAV

O

OSC

AV SCAVENGER - 2" MAIN AND 1" BRANCH PIPING (TYP)

OXYGEN - 3/4" MAIN AND 1/2" BRANCH PIPING (TYP)

TERMINATE SCAVENGER PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL PER SCAVENGER SYSTEM MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:15 PM

P2.00

PLUMBING PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"PLUMBING PLAN

• DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS.

• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT S4(X) GLOBAL, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATI0NS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST.

• BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.


PLUMBING PLAN CODED NOTES:1. CONNECT NEW SANITARY PIPING TO EXISTING MAIN IN THIS AREA. PLUMBING

CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND INVERT OF EXISTING SANITARY MAIN. ENSURE INVERT DEPTH AT POINT OF CONNECTION CAN BE MET CONSIDERING PROPER SLOPING OF NEW PIPING. SAWCUT AND TRENCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED AND PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING.

2. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING FROM FURNACE TO EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN WITH AIR GAP. DRAIN SHALL SLOPE A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER LINEAR FOOT OF HORIZONTAL RUN.

3. PROVIDE HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP AND STRAP ON AQUASTAT. INSTALL AQUASTAT ON FIXTURE FURTHEST AWAY FROM HOT WATER HEATER. EXTEND RECIRCULATION PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

4. NEW GAS METER PER LOCAL GAS COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. CONNECT TO EXISTING LOW PRESSURE GAS SYSTEM TO BUILDING AS SHOWN. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH UTILITY COMPANY AND LANDLORD.

5. NEW GAS PIPING TO NEW FURNACE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE, UNION, AND DIRT LET. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.

N 1/16" = 1'-0"UNDERSLAB PLUMBING / SAWCUTTING PLAN


N 1/16" = 1'-0"MEDICAL GAS PLUMBING PLAN

1. CONFIRM OUTLET TYPE AND LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION2. OWNER SUPPLIED3. PROVIDE ILLUMINATED WALL SWITCH TO SHOW WHEN UNIT IS IN OPERATION

REMARKS:MEDICAL GAS SCHEDULE

MED GAS EQUIPMENTTYPE LOCATION QTY

MED GAS PIPECONNECTION

SIZEREMARKSOXYGEN SCAVENGER

MED GAS EQUIPMENTMED GAS ALARMPANEL CORRIDOR - 122 1 X X - 2

OXYGEN MANIFOLD O2 - 125 1 X - 3/4" 2OXYGEN SHUT OFFVALVE BOX O2 - 125 1 X - 3/4" 2

SCAVENGEREVACUATION SYSTEM SERVER/STORAGE - 118 1 - X 2" 2,3

MED GAS OUTLETCEILING OUTLET PREP - 127 1 X X 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET ISO - 107 1 X - 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET TREATMENT - 111 2 X X 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET CORRIDOR - 122 1 X X 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET RECOVERY CAGES - 126 1 X - 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET SURGERY - 128 1 X X 1/2" 1,2WALL OUTLET DENTAL - 129 1 X X 1/2" 1,2

SCAV

SANITARY SEWER PIPING

VENT PIPING

DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPINGDOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPINGDOMESTIC RECIRCULATING HOT WATER PIPING

GAS PIPING

PIPING ABOVE GRADE/FLOOR

PIPING BELOW GRADE/FLOOR

SCAVENGER PIPING

OXYGEN PIPING

PIPE UNION

VALVE - BALANCE VALVE

VALVE - CHECK VALVE

VALVE - SHUTOFF VALVE

VALVE - RELIEF VALVE

STRAINERPRESSURE GAUGE W/COCK

THERMOMETER

VALVE - PRESSURE REGULATING / REDUCING VALVE

POINT OF CONNECTION / CONNECT TO EXISTING

EQUIPMENT TAG

DRAIN LINE PIPING

O

RHW

G

CWHW

V

SAN

D

DIRECTION OF FLOW

UTILITY METERM

FOR ROOMS OR AREAS SHOWN SHADED WITH THE SHADE TYPE , UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, SHALL PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR EQUIPMENT BE INSTALLED IN OR ROUTED THROUGH THESE ROOMS OR AREAS EXCEPT FOR BRANCH PIPING OR DUCTWORK SPECIFICALLY SERVING THE ROOM OR AREA. DEDICATED SPACE SHALL EXTEND VERTICALLY FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURAL CEILING.

XX-XX

PLUMBING LEGEND

COMBINATION FIRE/DOMESTIC WATER SERVICEF/CW

EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED

EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN

1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITIES TO BE USED FOR POINTS OFCONNECTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND START OF WORK, AND SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFYTHE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.

2. FIXTURE: EXACT LOCATIONS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND COLORS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALLBE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

3. DISABLED ACCESS FIXTURES: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND MOUNTINGHEIGHTS, INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS.

4. INTERFERENCE: ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO AVOID STRUCTURALFRAMING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

5. CLEANOUTS: ALL CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE READILY ACCESSIBLE, WHEREINDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CLEAN OUTSLOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT, CABINETS, ETC., AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANYINSTALLATION.

6. VENT TERMINATION: ALL PLUMBING FIXTURE VENTS TO TERMINATE A MIN. OF 12 INCHES FROMANY VERTICAL SURFACE AND 10 FEET FROM OR TERMINATED 3'-0" ABOVE ANY OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES.

7. FULL SIZE: ALL VALVES, UNIONS. ETC. TO BE SAME SIZE AS LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.

8. LATERAL SUPPORT: ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED IN ALL DIRECTIONS TORESIST A MIN. OF 50% OF THE EQUIPMENT'S OPERATING WEIGHT.

9. CODE COMPLIANCE: ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE PERFORMED AND INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES AS ADOPTED AND AMENDED BY THE INSPECTINGAUTHORITY. NOTHING IN THESE DRAWINGS IS TO BE CONSTRUED TO PERMIT WORK NOTCONFORMING TO THESE CODES OR OTHERS APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT:

A. NEW YORK BUILDING CODE.B. NEW YORK MECHANICAL CODE.C. NEW YORK PLUMBING CODE.D. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.E. NFPAF. SMACNA GUIDELINES

10. FIELD VERIFICATION: BEFORE FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFYEXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER ANOTHER SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS. EXACT ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SHALL BECOORDINATED IN FIELD.

11. ISOMETRICS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL RISER DIAGRAMS OR ISOMETRICS THATMAYBE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES.

12. COORDINATION: THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALLPOINTS OF CONNECTION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO BID.

13. PIPE SLOPE: ALL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT 1% UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.14. ACCESSIBILITY: ALL VALVES, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN WALLS OR ABOVE NON-

ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 24" OF, AND BEHIND, AN ACCESS PANEL.15. SPECIFICATION: THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, AND BE CONSIDERED

TO BE A PART OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.16. PATCHING: THE CONTRACT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND REPAIRING ALL AREAS

WHICH ARE EXCAVATED AND/OR DAMAGED BY HIS OPERATIONS.17. INCOMPATIBLE MATERIAL CONNECTION: CONNECTION BETWEEN INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS

ABOVE GRADE AND INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE MADE WITH 2 DIELECTRIC UNIONS SEPARATED BYA 12" SECTION OF RED BRASS PIPE.

18. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS: THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGON ALL WORK AND SUBMITTALS ON ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ORDERING, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION.

19. GREASE WASTE PIPING BELOW FLOOR/GRADE SHALL BE HEAT TRACED. CONTRACTOR SHALLFURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE U.L. LISTED SYSTEM OF HEATING CABLES, COMPONENTS ANDCONTROLS TO PREVENT BLOCKAGE; "RAYCHEM" XL-TRACE #5XL1-CT WITH: #FTC-XC POWERCONNECTION; RAY-CLLC-E END SEAL; ETL LABEL; GT-66 TAPE; 100 FT. MAX. LENGTH; 20A CIRCUITBREAKER; WITH 30MA G.F.I. TRIP LEVEL; 120VAC SUPPLY; 1" MIN. THICKNESS "CORNING" CLOSED-CELL TYPE INSULATION.

20. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS-WATER, GAS, ETC. SHALL BE LABELED ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTSOF THE O.P.C. AND LOCAL AUTHORITY.

21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 3" SUCTION AND 1/2" WATER LINE BELOW FLOOR FROM WATERWALL TO EQUIPMENT PUMP ROOM.

22. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY METHANE GAS CONSULTANT AND LOCALAUTHORITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

23. PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE: WATER-TYPE "L" COPPER W/LEAD FREE SOLDERED FITTINGS; WASTE& VENT-NO-HUB CAST IRON W/STAINLESS STEEL "CLAMP-ALL" BAND FITTINGS; GAS-SCHEDULE 40BLACK STEEL W/MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS.

PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES:

SECURE RIM FLUSHWITH FINISHED FLOOR

1/8 BLEND

INSIDE CAULKADJUSTABLE HOUSING

SANITARY WYE FITTING

NOTE:NO-HUB INSTALLATION IS SIMILAR

FINISHED FLOOR

HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM BREAKER

FINISHED WALL OR CHASE

WATER PIPING

FINISHED FLOOR

36"

PIPE RISER CLAMP

4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANFINISHED FLOOR

STANDARD WEIGHT GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SLEEVE 2" LARGER THAN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF SERVICE PIPE

SERVICE PIPE

SEEPAGE RING

SERVICE PIPE OUTSIDEDIAMETER +2"

FOR NON-FERROUS SERVICE PIPE, FILL WITH SEALANT. FOR FERROUS PIPE, FILL WITH LEAD. JOINT SHALL BE WATER TIGHT.

CW

CEILING

WALL

CW

CHECK VALVESHUT-OFF VALVE

TRAP PRIMER LOCATED IN CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE LOCATION

PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNITS WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS SERVED BY A PRIMER.

NOTES:1. ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS TO BE PROVIDED

WITH TRAP PRIMER.2. OPERATING RANGE OF TRAP PRIMER IS 35 TO 75 PSIG.

SLOPE1/2" TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER WITH NO JOINTS

PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN NON-ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS

FLOOR DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION.

TRAP

STEPPED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE BOOT

SEAL WITH MASTIC CONTINUOUSLY ALL AROUND

STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE CLAMPS

ROOF MATERIAL

ROOF INSULATION

SPUN ALUMINUM BASE

PIPE

ROOF DECK

PER

LOCA

L JUR

ISDI

CTIO

N

SHUTOFF VALVE

ANCHOR WATER PIPE WITH COPPER PLATED CLAMPS/SUPPORTS

WATER PIPING

FINISHED EXTERIOR WALL

ACCESS DOOR

KEY OPERATED VALVE

VACUUM BREAKER

FINISHED GRADE

VERIFY WALLTHICKNESS

36".

HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPING

UNION(TYP)

COLD WATERSUPPLY PIPING

WASHER SUPPLY& DRAIN CABINET

VENT PIPING UP IN WALL

PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN WALL AT FLOOR FOR ACCESS TO TRAP

SANITARY PIPING

SANITARY DRAIN PIPE IN WALL

TRAPFINISHED FLOOR

42" A

BOVE

FINI

SHED

FLOO

R48

" ABO

VE FI

NISH

ED FL

OOR

NOTE: REFER TO PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES

FLOOR

STRAP-ON AQUASTAT FOR CIRCULATOR PUMP CONTROL, SET TO ENERGIZE PUMP WHEN TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW SETPOINT AND DE-ENERGIZE PUMP WHEN TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS SETPOINT, USED ALONE OR WITH TIMER CONTROL. PROVIDED BY PC, WIRED BY EC,

EXPANSION TANK, SUPPORT TANK FROM WALL OR OVERHEAD WITH UNISTRUT AND/OR HANGER RODS

GAS WATER HEATER

RECIRCULATING HOT WATER PUMP

SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP.)

CW

D

RHW

FLOOR DRAIN OR MOP BASIN

HW

BALANCING VALVE

CHECK VALVE (TYP.)


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:19 PM

P3.00PLUMBING

SCHEDULES ANDDETAILS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULEMARK MANUFACTURER MODEL CW HW SAN VENT DESCRIPTION

LAVATORY

LAV-1 AMERICANSTANDARD LUCERNE 0355.012 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"

VITREOUS CHINA, 20" X 18" WALL HUNG LAVATORY BACK DRILLED FOR CONCEALED ARMCHAIR CARRIER, AMERICANSTANDARD MODEL 7385.003-V05 DECK MOUNTED SINGLE LEVER FAUCET, 0.5 GPM, OFFSET GRID DRAIN AND TAILPIECE.INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING UNDER LAVATORY WITH SAFETY COVERS PER ADAREQUIREMENTS AS MANUFACTURED BY PLUMBEREX, MCGUIRE, OR TRUEBRO. PROVIDE ASSE-1070 TEMPERING VALVESET AT 90°F. MOUNT FIXTURE AT HANDICAP HEIGHT

SINK

SK-1 JUST SL-ADA-2225-A-GR 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"25"x22" OD, 22"x16" ID, 6" DEEP, 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304, 2 HOLES ON 4" CENTERS, SELF RIMMING, GRIDSTRAINER, FAUCET WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATING 1.5 GPM NON-AERATING LAMINAR OUTLET, GOOSENECK SPOUT AND4" WRIST BLADE HANDLES

SK-2 JUST SL-ADA-1515-A-GR 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"15"x15" OD, 12"x12" ID, 6" DEEP, 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304, 2 HOLES ON 4" CENTERS, SELF RIMMING, GRIDSTRAINER, FAUCET WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATING 1.5 GPM NON-AERATING LAMINAR OUTLET, GOOSENECK SPOUT AND4" WRIST BLADE HANDLES

OWNER SUPPLIEDSCRUB SINK BY OWNER BY OWNER 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" PROVIDED BY OWNER VETERINARY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, PLUMBED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTORWET TABLE BY OWNER BY OWNER 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" PROVIDED BY OWNER VETERINARY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, PLUMBED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR

MOP BASIN

MB-1 FIAT MSB-2424 1/2" 1/2" 3" 1-1/2"MOLDED STONE BASIN WITH TILING FLANGES, STAINLESS STEEL SPLASH PANELS, MOP HANGER, HOSE WITH WALL HOOK,3" DRAIN WITH DOME STRAINER AND LINT BASKET, CHICAGO MODEL 897 FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT,ADJUSTABLE WALL BRACE, PAIL HOOK AND 3/4" HOSE THREAD OUTLET.

WALL BOXWB-1 OATEY QUADTRO 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" LAUNDRY SUPPLY AND DRAIN UNIT WITH SINGLE LEVER BRASS SHUT-OFF, 3/4" HOSE END FITTINGS, AND 2" DRAIN.WB-2 OATEY 12K 1/2" - - - WATER SUPPLY UNIT WITH SINGLE LEVER BRASS SHUT-OFF, 1/2" WATER CONNECTION.

HYDRANT

WH-1 J.R. SMITH 5509QT 3/4" - - - CONCEALED, CHROME PLATED QUARTER TURN NON-FREEZE HYDRANT WITH 3/4" HOSE CONNECTION, BACKER PLATE,VACUUM BREAKER, "T" HANDLE KEY.

FLOOR DRAIN

FD-1 J.R. SMITH 2005 - - SEEPLANS

SEEPLANS

DUCO CAST IRON BODY WITH FLASHING COLLAR AND ADJUSTABLE ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER HEAD, PROVIDEWITH SURESEAL TRAP SEAL.

CLEANOUT

FCO J.R. SMITH 4020 - - SEEPLANS - DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP.

NO SCALEFLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL

NO SCALEHOSE BIBB DETAIL

NO SCALEPIPE FLOOR SLEEVE DETAIL

NO SCALETRAP PRIMER DETAIL

NO SCALEVENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL

NO SCALEWALL HYDRANT DETAIL

NO SCALEWASHER SUPPLY/DRAIN CONNECTION DETAIL

NO SCALEWATER HEATER DETAIL

1. PROVIDE AT ALL HAND SINKS AND LAVATORIES.REMARKS:

MIXING VALVE SCHEDULE

MARK SERVICE TYPE GPM PRESSUREDROP (PSI)

INLET TEMP.(CW/HW °F)

OUTLET TEMP.(HW °F) MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS

MV 1 POINT-OF-USE THERMOSTATIC 0.5 5 50 / 140 95 LEONARD 170-LF 1

PUMP SCHEDULEMARK SERVICE TYPE GPM TOTAL HEAD

(FT.) WATTS ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER MODELVOLT. PH.RP 1 RHW INLINE 2.0 71 45 120 1 GRUNDFOS ALPHA 15-55

1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: AMTROL, BELL AND GOSSETT, TACO, THRUSH, WESSELSREMARKS:

EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE

MARK SERVICE TYPE STORAGECAPACITY SIZE (Ø" x L") MANUFACTURER MODEL WEIGHT

(LBS) REMARKS

ET 1 GWH-1 DIAPHRAGM 4.4 GAL 10" X 10"H AMTROL ST-5C 12 1

1. RECOVERY RATE BASED ON 50°F ENTERING WATER TEMPERATUREREMARKS:

GAS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE

MARK STORAGECAPACITY

STORAGETEMPERATURE (°F)

RECOVERY AT90°F (GPH) FUEL INPUT

(MBH)FLUE SIZE

(IN.)ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER MODEL WEIGHT

FULL (LBS) REMARKSVOLT. PH.GWH 1 50 GAL 140 56 NAT GAS 50 2 120 1 A.O. SMITH GPVT-50 700 1


V (E)

V (E)

V (E)

SAN (E)

SAN (E)

SAN

SAN (E)

SAN

SAN

SAN

SAN

V

V

V

V

V

4" VTR

SAN

SK-2

SK-1

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

SK-1

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

FCO

WB-1

WC-(E)

WC-(E)

WC-(E)

LAV-(E)

LAV-(E)

FD-(E)

FD-(E)

FD-(E)

FD-(E)

(ETR)WCO

FCO

FCO

FCO

3" FD-1

LAV-1


FCO

SK-1

MB-1

3"

4"

4"

3"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

4"

4"

4"

4"

1 1/2"

3"

4"

3"

1 1/2"

2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

3"1 1/2"

4"

3"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

2"

3"

1 1/2"1 1/2"

1 1/2"

3"

CTX

CTX

CTX

SAN (E)

4" VTR

3"

1 1/2"

2"


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:24 PM

P4.00PLUMBINGSANITARY

ISOMETRICDIAGRAM

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVANO SCALE

SANITARY ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM


RHW HWCW

CWHW

RHW

CW HW RHWCWHW

RHW

CW

CW

CTX

CTX

CTX

SK-2

SK-1

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

SK-1

(BY OWNER)WET TABLE

WB-1

WB-2

WC-(E)

WC-(E)

WC-(E)

LAV-(E)LAV-(E)

LAV-1


WH-1

WH-1

SK-1

MB-1

GWH-150 GAL

ET-14.4 GAL

1 1/4"

1/2"1/2"

RP-12.0 GPM

CW (E

)

1 1/2"

3/4" 1 1/2"

1"1 1/2" 1 1/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

1"

3/4"

1"

1"

3/4"

1/2"1/2"

1"

1"3/4"

1/2" 1/2"1"1"

3/4"

1/2"1/2"1/2"

1/2"

1/2" 1/2"

3/4"3/4"

1/2"

3/4" 3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

1/2"1/2"

3/4"

1/2"

3/4"1/2"

1/2"

1/2"1"

1/2"

3/4"1 1/4"

1 1/4"

3/4"1 1/4"

1 1/4"

WB-2

G (E)

G (E)

G (E)

CTX

CTX

F-366 CFH

3/4"

GWH-150 CFH

F-2(E)110 CFH

F-1(E)110 CFH

SCAV O

O

O

SCAV O

SCAV O

SCAV O

O

SCAV

WALLOUTLET-

WALLOUTLET-

WALLOUTLET-

CEILINGOUTLET-

MED GASALARMPANEL-

WALLOUTLET-

WALLOUTLET-

WALLOUTLET-

WALLOUTLET-

SCAVENGEREVACUATION

SYSTEM-

OXYGENMANIFOLD-

OXYGENSHUT OFF

VALVE BOX-

3/4"

1/2"2"

3/4" 1/2"

2"

3/4"

2"

1/2"

1/2"

3/4"

2"


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:29 PM

P4.01PLUMBING

DOMESTIC AND GASISOMETRICDIAGRAM

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVANO SCALE

DOMESTIC ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM

NO SCALEGAS ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM


SPECIFIC GRAVITY 0.6

PRESSURE DROP 0.5

DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIRED AFTER METER 7" WC

TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF GAS PIPING (LF) 60GAS LOAD SUMMARY

EQUIPMENT TAG DESCRIPTION QTY. GAS INPUT(CFH)

F 1(E) 1 110F 2(E) 1 110F 3 1 66

GWH 1 1 50TOTAL CONNECTED GAS LOAD: 336

NO SCALEMEDICAL GAS ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM

HVAC SPECIFICATIONS

1. GENERAL PROVISIONSA. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ALTERNATES, ADDENDA'S, AND DIVISION 1 ARE A

PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EXAMINE SAME AS WELL AS OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS WHICH AFFECT WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION.

B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, SERVICES, AND SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK COMPLETE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SPECIFICATION AND APPLICABLE DRAWINGS. ANY DEVIATIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY DEFINED AND ITEMIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.F OFTHIS SPECIFICATION.

C. THIS CONTRACTOR IS INSTRUCTED TO READ CAREFULLY THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK, WHICH INCLUDE THE ARCHITECTURAL,ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS AS WELL AS THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL THEDIVISIONS THAT ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

D. ALL ITEMS OF LABOR, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON PLAN, BUT INCIDENTAL TO, OR REQUIRED FOR THECOMPLETE INSTALLATION AND PROPER OPERATION OF THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL BY THE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS.

E. AS USED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, “PROVIDE” MEANS “FURNISH AND INSTALL”. “FURNISH” MEANS “TO PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE COMPLETEWITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE AND SUPPORT,” AND “INSTALL” MEANS “TO UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND PERFORM EVERY OPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER CODES AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS, TO ESTABLISH SECURE MOUNTING AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT.”

2. PERMITS, CODES, INSPECTIONS AND TESTS.A. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE PROSECUTION OF HVAC WORK. ALL PERMITS AND

CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL SIGNED BY THE CONTROLLING BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF THE OWNERB. DRAWINGS INDICATE THE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED, COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITIONS

OF THE STATE MECHANICAL CODE, NFPA, SMACNA, AND ASHRAE STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF SATISFYING SUCH CODES AND STANDARDS IN THE BID.

C. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE HVAC WORK, FURNISH TO THE OWNER, IN DUPLICATE, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY REGULATORYAGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION.1. DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH OF THE SYSTEMS COMPRISING THIS CONTRACT BEFORE FINAL

PAYMENT.2. IMMEDIATELY CORRECT ANY WORK FOUND AT VARIANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, AND REQUIREMENTS OF

GOVERNING REGULATORY AGENCIES.3. TEST PIPING FOR LEAKS: REPAIR LEAKS IN COPPER TUBING BY SWEATING OUT JOINT; THOROUGHLY CLEANING BOTH TUBE AND FITTING, AND

RESOLDERING. CORRECT LEAKS IN SCREWED JOINT BY REPLACING THREAD OR FITTING OR BOTH.4. PROVIDE SERVICES OF A CERTIFIED A.A.B.C. OR N.E.E.B. TEST AGENCY. CONDUCT ALL TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL

STANDARDS. TEST AND ADJUST AIR HANDLING SYSTEM TO WITHIN 5% OF DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.3. PROTECTION

A. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PROTECTION FROM DIRT AND WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION NECESSITATED BY HVAC WORK.4. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL CONFORM TO UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES STANDARDS, WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBE, OR PLANS SHOW, MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT OF HIGHER QUALITY THAN REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL RULING, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT. USED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS ARE PROHIBITED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

B. NEW EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE OPERATED DURING CONSTRUCTION. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE TEMPORARYSPACE CONDITIONING IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES AND HUMIDITY LEVELS AS REQUIRED FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION.

C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROOF, IF REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR OWNER, THAT THE MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT ORDEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. IN REGARDS TO FIREAND CASUALTY HAZARDS. THE LABEL OF OR LISTING BY THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED AS CONFORMING TO THIS REQUIREMENT.IN LIEU OF THE LABEL OR LISTING, THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT INDEPENDENT PROOF SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER THAT THE MATERIAL,APPLIANCES OR DEVICES CONFORM TO THE PUBLISHED STANDARDS, INCLUDING METHODS OF TEST FOR THE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES INCORPORATED.UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. AND ITS PUBLICATIONS WILL BE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER BY THE ABBREVIATION UL. WITH OR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL IDENTIFYING SYMBOLS.

5. GUARANTEEA. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR THAT ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT WILL REMAIN FREE FROM ALL DEFECTS IN

WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, AND THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER CONTRACTDOCUMENTS GOVERNING THE WORK.

B. ALL WORK FOUND BY THE ENGINEER TO BE DEFECTIVE WILL BE REPLACED WITH NEW WORK MEETING ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR ALL COSTS OF SUPPLYING SUCH NEW, AND INSTALLING AND FINISHING SAME, AND WILL ASSUME ALL COSTS FOR REPLACING OTHER WORK DAMAGED BY THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY OF THE WORK. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR ALL COSTS FOR FREIGHT, DRAYAGE AND DEMURRAGE, AND ALL LABOR IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.

6. CUTTING, PATCHING, FIRESTOPPING AND PAINTINGA. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CUTTING ALL HOLES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF HVAC WORK. HOLES SHALL BE CUT IN A NEAT AND

WORKMANLIKE MANNER.B. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY AN BUILDING OWNER APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS. ROOF SHALL BE REPAIRED SO AS NOT

TO VOID ROOF WARRANTY.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL HOLES OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK OR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK SHALL BE PROPERLY

PATCHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. HOLES SHALL BE NEATLY PATCHED AND PAINTED WITH SUITABLE MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACES. HOLES THROUGHFLOORS OR FIRE WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH THE APPROPRIATE INTUMESCENT CAULK, PUTTY, STRIP OR SHEET FIRE BARRIER PRODUCT.

D. FIRESTOP SYSTEM (REQUIRED FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS) SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE WALL OR FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY AND PENETRATION TYPE ANDSHALL BE UL LISTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E814, FIRE RATING OF THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THE ASSEMBLY WHICH IS PENETRATED.

E. ACCEPTABLE FIRE BARRIER PRODUCTS: HILTI ”FS-ONE” NELSON FLAMESEAL” OR APPROVED EQUAL AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M.7. CLEANING AND PAINTING

A. CLEAN NEW PIPING AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE TO REMOVE PIPE DOPE. LOOSE MILL SCALE, AND OTHER EXTRANEOUS MATERIALS.B. TOUCH UP AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGED FACTORY FINISHES ON EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FURNISHED. OTHER PAINTING WILL BE DONE UNDER THE PAINTING

DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.8. COORDINATION AND CONDUCT OF WORK

A. HVAC DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, INDICATING GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, APPROXIMATE SIZES, GENERAL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. VERIFYDIMENSIONS IN FIELD; ADJUST TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.

B. ALL REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SUPPLEMENTAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY(S).

C. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK SPECIFIED BUT NOT SHOWN, OR SHOWN BUT NOTSPECIFIED, SHALL BE PERFORMED OR FURNISHED AS THOUGH MENTIONED IN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS.

D. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.E. ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SUPERSEDE HVAC DRAWINGS. DETERMINE THAT WORK OF THIS DIVISION CAN BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN

SPACES PROVIDED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY INTERFERENCE BEFORE STARTING INSTALLATION.F. DETERMINE SIZES, LOCATIONS FOR CHASES AND OPENINGS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF HVAC WORK, COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES IN PROVIDING

SLEEVES, INSERTS AND HANGERS.G. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL TRADES. ARRANGE OPERATIONS SO AS NOT TO DELAY COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION OF ANY PARTS OF INTERRELATED

WORK SO THAT CONSTRUCTION MAY PROCEED ON SCHEDULE.H. COOPERATE WITH ALL TRADES IN PREPARING INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS FOR AREAS WHERE THERE IS POSSIBLE CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES. EXACT

LOCATION OF PIPES, DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENT WITH FINAL ARRANGEMENT DETERMINED BY INTRA-TRADEAGREEMENTS SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL.

I. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE REASONABLE CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER.J. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY FIRST-CLASS MECHANICS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND

COMPETENT SUPERVISION OF THE JOB AS REQUIRED.K. DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ARRANGED SUBSTANTIALLY AS INDICATED. ANY CHANGE RESULTING IN A SAVINGS IN LABOR OR MATERIAL

SHALL BE MADE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER. DEVIATIONS SHALL BE MADE ONLY WHERE NECESSARY TO AVOID INTERFERENCESAND ONLY AFTER DRAWINGS SHOWING THE PROPOSED DEVIATIONS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT.

L. COORDINATE ALL SHUTDOWNS OF ANY HVAC SYSTEM IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER.9. SUBMITTALS

A. SHOP DRAWINGS/SUBMITTALS FOR ALL SCHEDULED AND/OR SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED ELECTRONICALLY FOR APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECTAND ENGINEER. INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO; CFM, HP, GPM, MBH, EER, COP, % EFF, VOLTAGE/PHASE, MCA, CONNECTION SIZES,WEIGHT, DIMENSIONS, SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT, DIFFUSERS, DAMPERS, LISTED ACCESSORIES, ETC. AND OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.

B. WHERE ONLY ONE MAKE OF EQUIPMENT IS NAMED, IT SHALL BE PROVIDE AS SPECIFIED.C. VERBAL REQUESTS OF APPROVALS FOR ANY SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT BE BINDING ON THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND OWNER.D. THIS CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL COSTS FOR REDESIGN AND CHANGES NECESSARY BY ALL TRADES TO ACCOMMODATE THE USE OF

EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIED ON PROJECT DOCUMENTS.E. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR LISTED ALTERNATIVES. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED

BY TYPE, MODEL, AND SIZE, AND THUS ESTABLISH MINIMUM QUALITIES, WHICH SUBSTITUTES MUST MEET TO QUALIFY FOR REVIEW.F. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEVICES, OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED AND LISTED. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE ENGINEER AT LEAST FOURTEEN (14) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. THE REQUESTSHALL BE AN ALTERNATE TO THE ORIGINAL BID AND SHALL INCLUDE AND BE ACCOMPANIED WITH COMPLETE SPECIFICATION CUT SHEET SUBMITTALS ASOUTLINED IN SECTION 10.A OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION, COMPLETE WITH DESCRIPTIVE (MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, CATALOG NUMBER, ETC) AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR ALL ITEMS. INDICATE ANY ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE ON BOTH THE SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL AND THE BID FORM. FAILURE TO PERFORM THESE ACTIONS EQUATES TO ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT THE PROJECT HAS BEEN BID WITH STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THISSPECIFICATION AND APPLICABLE DRAWINGS.

G. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. IF REQUESTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSPECTION SAMPLES OF BOTH THE SPECIFIED AND THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE ITEMS.

H. IF ANY SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, AN ADDENDUM LISTING THE APPROVED ITEMS(S) WILL BE ISSUED TO ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE.

I. IN ALL CASES WHERE SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY EXTRA COST OF EVALUATING THE EQUALITY OF THE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED.

10. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATIONA. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF NAMEPLATES DESIGNED TO IDENTIFY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.

1. NAMEPLATE LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL MATCH EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.2. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH BLACK SURFACE AND WHITE CORE. USE 1/16” THICK MATERIAL FOR PLATES UP TO 2” BY 4”. FOR

LARGER SIZES USE 1/8” THICK. LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF ½” HIGH.3. FASTEN NAMEPLATES TO ALL EQUIPMENT BY THE USE OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS.

22. EXTERIOR LOUVERSA. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ALLOY FRAME AND DRAINABLE BLADES. ALUMINUM BIRD SCREEN. MILL FINISH.B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: RUSKIN, GREENHECK

23. MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERSA. GALVANIZED STEEL, LOW LEAKAGE CONTROL DAMPERS WITH 16 GAUGE REINFORCED GALVANIZED STEEL HAT CHANNEL FRAME.

BLADES SHALL BE 16 GAUGE REINFORCED SINGLE SKIN GALVANIZED STEEL.B. EDGE SEALS SHALL BE PVC COATED POLYESTER FABRIC MECHANICALLY LOCKED INTO THE BLADE EDGE. ADHESIVE OR CLIP-ON

STYLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.C. JAMB SEALS SHALL BE FLEXIBLE METAL, COMPRESSION TYPE TO PREVENT LEAKAGE BETWEEN BLADE END AND DAMPER FRAME.

BLADE END OVERLAPPING FRAME IS UNACCEPTABLE.D. BEARINGS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. AXLES SHALL BE SQUARE OR HEXAGONAL POSITIVELY LOCKED INTO THE DAMPER

BLADE. LINKAGE SHALL BE OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM.E. DAMPER ACTUATORS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR.F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: RUSKIN, GREENHECK

24. TEMPERATURE CONTROLSA. ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL COMPONENTS, WIRING AND CONDUIT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE HVAC CONTRACTOR.B. WIRING AND CONDUIT

1. ALL 24 VOLT WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

2. ALL OUTDOOR 24 VOLT WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

C. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL USE BUILDING APPROVED TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER.25. PROJECT COMPLETION:

A. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW FILTERS WITHIN ALL FAN POWERED EQUIPMENT.B. ALL FAN POWERED EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THEIR EXTERIOR CLEANED WITH A MILD SOAP AND WATER SOLUTION AND THOROUGHLY

DRIED.C. PROVIDE 3 COPIES OF FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO OWNER/ARCHITECT.

12. AS-BUILT DRAWINGSA. AS WORK PROGRESSES, RECORD ON A SET OF “AS-BUILT” PRINTS ANY DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN DRAWINGS. DELIVER THIS SET TO THE OWNER

BEFORE SUBMITTING REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT. THE “AS-BUILT” PRINTS SHALL BE AN ACCURATE DEPICTION OF THE PROJECT ASCOMPLETED.

13. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSA. PROVIDE TO OWNER AT PROJECT TURNOVER, THREE (3) HARDBOUND COPIES OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT

AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED.B. MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE ALL RELEVANT INFORMATION NEEDED FOR DAY-TO-DAY OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT OF EACH SYSTEM AND

EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE INFORMATION REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.C. MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR EACH SYSTEM WHICH DESCRIBES THE CONTROL COMPONENTS AND HOW THE

SYSTEM WILL START, STOP AND OPERATE.14. INSULATION

A. PROVIDE ALL INSULATION MATERIALS (INSULATION, JACKETS, FITTING COVERS, ADHESIVES, CEMENTS, MASTICS, SEALERS AND FINISHES) WITH A FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS. AS TESTED UNDER PROCEDURE ASTM E-84 (NFPA 255)

B. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER CLEAN, DRY SURFACES. INSULATION MUST BE DRY AND IN GOOD CONDITION. WET OR DAMAGEDINSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. NO INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED PRIOR TO PRESSURE TEST COMPLETION OF THE RESPECTIVE SYSTEM.

C. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS (INCLUDING VAPOR BARRIER) THROUGH WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS AND SLEEVES. OVERLAP ATSEAMS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

D. ALL INSULATION PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION. THE WORKMANSHIPSHALL BE FIRST CLASS AND ALL JOINTS SHALL BE MADE TIGHT.

E. INSULATION MUST MEET ADOPTED ASHRAE 90.1 STANDARDS.F. INSULATE CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK WITH 2” THICK OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS DUCTWRAP WITH FOIL FACED ALL-SERVICE

JACKET.G. INSULATE SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK LOCATED IN PLENUM SPACES WITH 1-1/2” THICK OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS DUCTWRAP WITH FOIL FACED

ALL-SERVICE JACKET.H. INSULATE OUTDOOR AIR DUCTWORK WITH 1-1/2” THICK OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS DUCTWRAP WITH FOIL FACED ALL-SERVICE JACKET.I. INTERNAL DUCT INSULATION SHALL BE USED ON EXPOSED DUCTWORK.J. INSULATE SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF DUCT TERMINAL UNITS WITH 1-1/2” THICK OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS DUCTWRAP WITH

FOIL FACED ALL-SERVICE JACKET.K. REPAIR EXISTING INSULATION WHERE REMOVED FOR NEW CONNECTIONS OR INSULATION DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. INSULATION

SHALL BE THE SAME AS SPECIFIED FOR NEW SERVICE.L. ALL INSULATION USED AS PLENUM WRAP COVERING FOR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN A PLENUM SPACE SHALL BE 3M PLENUM PROTECTION

SYSTEM (PP-100-P), ONE LAYER OF 3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 5A, IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL910 & UL1887.M. ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING:

1. INTERNALLY LINE FIRST TEN FEET OF DUCTWORK FROM AIR HANDLERS AND TERMINAL UNITS AND WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS.2. FIBROUS GLASS, COMPLYING WITH THERMAL INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (TIMA) AHC-101.3. ASTM C 1071, TYPE II, WITH COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION OF GLASS FIBERS 1” THICK. 1- ½ LB. DENSITY.

COATING MATERIAL SHALL BE ANTI-MICROBIAL AND COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A AND 90B.4. K-FACTOR” EQUAL TO 0.28 OR BETTER, AT MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEG. F.5. FLAME SPREAD INDEX SHALL BE 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX SHALL BE 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM

C 411.6. DUCT LINING ADHESIVE SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 916 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADHESIVES FOR "DUCT THERMAL INSULATION”. DUCT LINING

FASTENERS ALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, ARTICLE S2.117. ALTERNATE DUCT LINING MATERIAL - ARMACELL AP ARMAFLEX SA BLACK DUCT LINER, 3/4” THICK, MICROBAN ANTI-MICROBIAL PROTECTION.

15. METAL DUCTWORKA. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF DUCTWORK. ANY CONFLICTS OR INTERFERENCES

SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.B. GALVANIZED DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED OF NO.1 PRIME GALVANIZED SHEET METAL OF LOCK FORMING QUALITY.C. SEALING MATERIALS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR; USE WITH AIR DISTRIBUTION DUCTWORK. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE MONOCO

INDUSTRIES, 3M, OR UNITED SHEET METAL.D. PROVIDE ALL DUCTWORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, MAKING ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS (WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICTED) AS

REQUIRED TO MEET THE VARIOUS BUILDING CONDITIONS. DUCTWORK INSTALLATION SHALL NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT OR PIPING.E. EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COLOR SELECTION.F. ALL CHANGES IN CROSS SECTION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT REDUCING THE DESIGN AREA OF THE DUCT OR RAISING THE PRESSURE DROP PER

100 FEET OF DUCT SHOWN ON DOCUMENTS.G. NO PIPE OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL PASS THROUGH AIR DUCTS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON PLANS.H. CAP ALL OPEN ENDS TO DUCTWORK DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT ENTRANCE OF DUST, DEBRIS, MOISTURE ETC.I. INSTALL DUCTWORK RUN ABOVE CEILING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE SO AS TO MAINTAIN DESIGN CEILING HEIGHTS. EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE

INSTALLED TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM HEADROOM OR AT HEIGHT SPECIFIED ON PLANS.J. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE HUNG FROM EQUIPMENT, PIPING, CONDUIT, ROOF DECKING OR OTHER DUCTWORK.K. ALL DUCTWORK JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE AIR-TIGHT PER SMACNA TABLE 1.1. POORLY MADE JOINTS, SPLITS, VISIBLE HOLES AT CORNERS,

ETC SHALL BE REWORKED AND REPAIRED. WHERE EXCESSIVE PULSATING OF DUCTWORK IS FOUND, ADDITIONAL STIFFENERS SHALL BE ADDED.ANY CRACKING IN THE SEALANT THAT IS APPARENT UPON INSPECTION SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO WARRANT REJECTION.

L. IF THE INTERIOR OF SHEET METAL IS EXPOSED TO VIEW THROUGH AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS OF THE BUILDING, IT SHALL BECOATED WITH PRIMER AND A FLAT BLACK FINISH COAT.

M. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA REQUIREMENTS.N. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK FITTINGS.

1. BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 45 DEGREES ENTRY. STRAIGHT TAPS ARE NOT PERMITTED.2. CHANGES IN DIRECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH FULL RADIUS ELBOWS WITH RADIUS EQUAL TO 1-1/2 TIMES THE HORIZONTAL WIDTH OF THE

DUCT OR WITH SQUARE ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES. TURNING VANES SHALL BE DOUBLE THICKNESS TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF THE SAMEMATERIAL AS THE SURROUNDING DUCTWORK, PER SMACNA REQUIREMENTS.

O. ROUND DUCTWORK FITTINGS:1. BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH 45 DEGREE ENTRY TEES.2. CHANGE IN DIRECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH FULL RADIUS ELBOWS WITH RADIUS EQUAL TO 1-1/2 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE DUCT.

P. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER SMACNA “HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS” FOR 2 INCH STATIC PRESSURE,SEAL CLASS “B”.

Q. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS1. PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL STRAPS, ALL-THREAD ROD AND HORIZONTAL ANGLE SUPPORTS SIZED PER SMACNA REQUIREMENTS.2. DUCT ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE MADE USING SHEET METAL SCREWS COMPATIBLE WITH DUCT MATERIALS.3. BUILDING ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE CONCRETE INSERTS OR STRUCTURAL STEEL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE FOR THE BUILDING MATERIALS.

DO NOT USE POWER ACTIVATE CONCRETE FASTENERS. “C TYPE MALLEABLE IRON BEAM CLAMPS ARE ACCEPTABLE ONLY IF USED WITH CARBON STEEL RETAINER STRAP.

16. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORKA. TESTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. AS CLASS I AIR DUCT AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. 181, STANDARD

FOR AIR DUCTS”. THE FLAME SPREAD RATING SHALL BE 25 OR LESS AND THE SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING SHALL BE 50 OR LESS.B. LINER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM FOIL, FIBERGLASS AND ALUMINIZED POLYESTER, MECHANICALLY LOCKED WITHOUT ADHESIVES,

HELIX SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, FORMED AND MECHANICALLY LOCKED TO FABRIC.C. WHERE DUCTWORK IS TO BE INSULATED, FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK LINER SHALL BE COVERED BY A FACTORY WRAPPED, 1-1/2” THICK, 3/4 POUND

DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION BLANKET WITH A FIRE RETARDANT REINFORCED ALUMINUM OUTER JACKET.D. INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK FULLY EXTENDED, FREE OF SAGS AND KINKS. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE 5'-0”.

FASTEN FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO RIGID DUCTWORK AND DEVICES WITH SELF-LOCKING 100 PERCENT NYLON, ADJUSTABLE DIAMETER CLAMPS.E. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE THERMAFLEX, FLEXMASTER U.S.A. INC. AND CLEVAFLEX.

17. BALANCING DAMPERSA. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS FOR ALL AIR TERMINAL DEVICES (SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, ETC.) AND

BRANCH DUCTWORK REQUIRED FOR PROPER BALANCING OF SYSTEM.B. ROUND DAMPERS SHALL BE SINGLE BLADE TYPE CONSTRUCTION, MINIMUM 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. PIVOT ROD SHAFT SHALL BE

CONTINUOUS.C. RECTANGULAR DAMPERS SHALL BE SINGLE BLADE OR MULTIPLE (OPPOSED BLADE) TYPE CONSTRUCTION. MAXIMUM BLADE WIDTH IS 8 INCHES.D. ALL BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA “HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS”E. FURNISH ALL BALANCING DAMPERS WITH YOUNG REGULATOR COMPANY VALCALOX REGULATORS WITH HANDLE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED.

DAMPER HANDLE POSITION SHALL BE SECURELY LOCKED IN PLACE BY TIGHTENING OF A LOCK NUT. WHERE DUCTWORK IS EXTERNALLYINSULATED, REGULATOR BASE HEIGHT SHALL ACCOMMODATE INSULATION THICKNESS.

F. PROVIDE ALL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND WHERE NECESSARY TO PROPERLY DISTRIBUTE AND BALANCE THE AIR.

18. REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERSA. PROVIDE REGISTERS, GRILLS AND DIFFUSERS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OF SIZE TYPE, AND MATERIAL AS INDICATED AND AS

REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.B. BORDER TYPES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CEILINGS WHERE THE GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED.C. ALL GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH A FACTORY APPLIED OFF-WHITE FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.D. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS.

19. VIBRATION ISOLATIONA. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.B. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WITH 1” SLACK BETWEEN DUCTS AND FANS AS MANUFACTURED BY DURO-DYNE, OR EQUIVALENT.C. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE FITTING ON PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT.

20. REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMSA. USE TYPE DWV COPPER PIPING WITH BRAZED DRAINAGE FITTINGS FOR CONDENSATE PIPING.B. USE TYPE ACR COPPER PIPING WITH BRAZED WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS FOR ALL REFRIGERATION PIPING.C. PITCH PUMPED AND GRAVITY CONDENSATE PIPING AT 1/8 INCH PER FOOT IN DIRECTION OF FLOW.D. INSULATE ALL INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING AND REFRIGERATION SUCTION PIPING WITH 3/4 INCH ARMACELL CLOSED CELL SELF SEALING

ARMAFLEX INSULATION.21. EXHAUST FANS

A. CEILING MOUNTED DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST VENTILATOR. FANS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND BEAR THE AMCA CERTIFIED RATINGSEAL FOR SOUND AND AIR PERFORMANCE.

B. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. ALUMINUM BASE SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED CURB CAP CORNERS. MOTOR,BEARINGS AND DRIVE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A STEEL ASSEMBLY, ISOLATED FROM THE FAN STRUCTURE WITH RUBBER VIBRATION ISOLATORS.

C. WHEEL SHALL BE CENTRIFUGAL BACKWARD INCLINED TYPE, CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM, WITH A MACHINED CAST ALUMINUM HUB.D. MOTOR SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE WITH PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED SEALED BALL BEARINGS.E. FAN BEARINGS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY REGREASABLE BALL TYPE WITH A CAST IRON HOUSING, RATED IN EXCESS OF 200,000 HOURS AT MAXIMUM

CATALOGED OPERATING SPEED.F. BELTS SHALL BE OIL AND HEAT RESISTANT, NON-STATIC TYPE. DRIVES SHALL BE MACHINED CAST IRON, KEYED AND SECURELY ATTACHED TO

WHEEL AND MOTOR SHAFTS AND SIZED FOR 150 PERCENT OF THE INSTALLED MOTOR HORSEPOWERG. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: BROAN, PENN VENTILATOR, COOK GREENHECK AND ACME.


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:43 PM

M0.00

HVACSPECIFICATIONS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


REF

.

REF.

T EBH(

E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSER, BRANCH DUCT, AND MAIN DUCT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETE TO EXTENT SHOWN (TYP)

EXISTING HIGH AND LOW RETURN AIR WALL GRILLES TO REMAIN (TYP)

REMOVE EXISTING 'ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER CONTROL THERMOSTAT AND PREPARE FOR TO REPLACE WITH NEW IN SAME LOCATION (TYP)

EXISTING FURNACE THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETE, SEE NEW WORK FOR NEW THERMOSTAT LOCATION.

EXISTING ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEAT TO REMAIN (TYP)

EXISTING FURNACE/ CONDENSING UNIT SPLIT SYSTEM TO REMAIN (TYP 2)

APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT MAINS. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO WORK. (TYP)

EXISTING FURNACE THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETE, SEE NEW WORK FOR NEW THERMOSTAT LOCATION.

TF-2(E)

TF-1(E)


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:48 PM

M1.00

HVAC DEMOLITIONPLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN

HVAC AND PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES:1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DEMOLITION MAY INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE COMPLETE REMOVAL OF

THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS. REFERENCE REMOVAL DRAWINGS:1. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS.2. GRILLES.3. REGISTERS.4. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PIPING.5. VALVES AND FITTINGS.6. SUPPORTS.

1.02 DEFINITIONS A. REMOVED: REFERS TO MECHANICAL SERVICES WHICH ARE TO BE

DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM PROJECT SITE.B. SALVAGED: REFERS TO ITEMS WHICH ARE DISCONNECTED, TAKEN OUT OF

SERVICE AND TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER.

2.01 MATERIALS A. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR DEMOLITION WORK.

3.01 PREPARATION A. COORDINATE UTILITY SERVICE OUTAGES WITH BUILDING OWNER.B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN

SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHEN CONTRACTOR ELECTS TO PERFORMWORK ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT, USE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN SUCHOPERATIONS.

C. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS.

3.02 SCHEDULING AND PHASING A. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY DEMOLITION WORK WITHIN THE BUILDING, PROVIDE

THE A/E AND OWNER A SCHEDULE OF PHASED SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALLMECHANICAL DEMOLITION AT THE SITE.

B. COORDINATE THE MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH ALL ASPECTS OFDEMOLITION UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

• DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THESITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTINGFIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR ANDMATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTINGCONDITIONS.

• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT S4(X) GLOBAL, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OFTHE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGNINTENT. CLARIFICATI0NS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED ATCONTRACTORS COST.

• BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FORALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THEPLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIESBETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.



ATTENTION DEMOLITION SUBCONTRACTORS :

PLEASE INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING IN YOUR BID.

DEMO ALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID AND TILE

DEMO ALL EXISITNG LIGHTING PER PLANS

DEMOILISH ALL HVAC DUCTWORK, GRILL AND REGISTERS PER M1.OO


REF

.

REF.

CU-2(E)4 TONS

CU-1(E)4 TONS

CUH-14.8 KW

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106


Staff Break Rm.110

Women's Rm.114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124


Recovery Cages126

Prep127

Surgery128

Dental129

Reception103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

F-33 TONS

CU-33 TONS

F-2(E)4 TONS

F-1(E)4 TONS

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø200 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-2, 6"ø50 CFM

S-1, 6"ø100 CFM

S-2, 6"ø50 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø200 CFM

S-2, 6"ø100 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø250 CFM

S-1, 8"ø175 CFM

S-1, 8"ø175 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø200 CFM

S-1, 8"ø250 CFM

S-1, 8"ø200 CFM

S-1, 6"ø100 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 6"ø100 CFM

S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

S-1, 10"ø300 CFM

S-1, 8"ø175 CFM

S-1, 6"ø125 CFM

R-1, 24/12200 CFM

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

R-1, 24/12300 CFM

R-1, 24/12125 CFM

T F-1(E

)

TF-2(E)

TF-3

8/6

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

10/10

8"ø

8"ø

8"ø

6"ø

8"ø

10/10

8"ø

8"ø

8/8

8"ø

8"ø

8/8

8"ø

6"ø

8"ø

6"ø

8"ø

10"ø

8/6

8/8

EXISTING ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEAT TO REMAIN (TYP)

R-1, 24/12150 CFM8/8

S-(E),100 CFM

ISO107

Prep108

O2125

Men's Rm.115

6"ø

8/6

8/6S-1, 8"ø150 CFM

8"ø

14/14

14/148/8

UCD

UCD

12/12

10/8

12/12

14/14 14

/14

12/12

8"ø

10/10

8"ø

8"ø

8"ø

12/12

10/88"ø

8/8 12/88/6

6"ø

10/8

14/12

R-(E),100 CFM

6"ø

14/14

TERMINATE FURNACE POWER VENT EXHAUST THROUGH WALL PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS

GWH-1

14/14R-1, 24/24

700 CFM

NEW OA INTAKE THROUGH WALL WITH WALL CAP

1

1

1

2

3

4

2"ø

FD

FD

FD

FD

FD

FD

UCD

APPROX ATTIC DRAFTSTOPPING SEPARATION LOCATION. SEE ARCH DRAWINGS.

UCD

EF, ETR (TYP 2)

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

R-1, 24/12250 CFM

TERMINATE DRYER EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF WITH ROOF VENT CAP. SEE DETAIL

T EBH(

E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

TEBH(E)

5

4"ø FLEX DUCT UP FROM ISO CAGE INTEGRAL EXHAUST FAN (TYP 4)

8"øTERMINATE EA DUCT THROUGH WALL WITH WALL VENT CAP

R-1, 24/12400 CFM

8/6

R-1, 24/12150 CFM

8/8

R-1, 24/12175 CFM

12/12

6/6

R-1, 24/12100 CFM R-1, 24/12

300 CFM

R-1, 24/12450 CFM


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:59 PM

M2.00

HVAC PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"HVAC PLAN

• DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTINGFIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR ANDMATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTINGCONDITIONS.

• THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT S4(X) GLOBAL, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OFTHE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGNINTENT. CLARIFICATI0NS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED ATCONTRACTORS COST.

• BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THEPLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIESBETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.

FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONSHVAC PLAN CODED NOTES:1. NEW 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. COORDINATE MAKE/MODEL AND EXACT

LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.2. NEW FURNACE TO BE INSTALLED VERTICALLY. ROUTE COMBUSTION AIR AND VENT TO

EXTERIOR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. TERMINATE WITH CONCENTRICVENT KIT. LOCATE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM ALL FRESH AIR INTAKES. COORDINATE ALLWORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OWNER.

3. CONDENSING UNIT SET ON 4" HOUSEKEEPING PADS. COORDINATE UNIT LOCATION WITH LANDLORD AND ARCHITECT. ROUTE AND SIZE REFRIGERANT PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE INSULATION, VALVES, OIL TRAPS,DRYERS, SIGHT GLASSES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM.

4. EXISTING SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT MAINS AND BRANCH MAINS TO BE REUSED.EXISTING SIZE AND LOCATIONS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID.ROUTING SHOWN IS ESTIMATED AND SIZES NOT KNOWN PRIOR TO DESIGN.CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE COMPLETE SHEET METAL SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING NEW AND EXISTING DUCTWORK SIZED PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS.

5. REPLACE EXISTING THERMOSTAT WITH NEW IN SAME LOCATION. COORDINATEMAKE/MODEL WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.


CEILING

VD

SUPPORT END OF METAL DUCT

NECK OR GRILLE SIZE

DIFFUSER TYPE

FLEXIBLE DUCT (USE AS REQUIRED FOR DIFFUSER ALIGNMENT)

5'-0" MAXIMUM

S-1, 6"ø50 CFM

AIR FLOW

ALUMINUM DRYER VENT GAP WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER. TERMINATE AT 3'-0" ABOVE ROOF. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 10'-0" FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES.

REFER TO PLANS FORCONTINUATION AND SIZE

NOTE: ROUTE VENT TO AVOID ROOF JOISTS

ALUMINUM DRYER VENT

STORM COLLAR

DRAW BAND WITH SEALANT

ROOF CONE AND FLASHING

FURNACE

6"

MOD

A-COIL

INTAKE AIR EXHAUST AIR

TO FLUSH MOUNT TERMINATION KIT, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS

SA DUCT

INSULATED RS AND UNINSULATED RL LINES TO CONDENSING UNIT

EXPANSION VALVE WITH SENSING BULB STRAPPED TO SUCTION LINE AND WRAPPED WITH INSULATION

FLEX CONNECTION

PVC TRAPPED CONDENSATE DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAINGAS CONNECTION WITH GAS COCK, 6" DIRT LEG, AND UNION

OA DUCT TO LOUVER

RA DUCT

MIXING BOX

FLEX CONNECTIONFILTER RACK

4" THICK CONCRETE PAD BY GC

1. GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY TO ALL HVAC DRAWINGS.2. ALL KEY NOTES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS “TYPICAL” ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SHOWN

AT ALL OTHER SIMILAR CONDITIONS WHETHER NOTED OR NOT.3. ALL HVAC WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SATISFACTORY SERVICE.4. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO CONVEY THE GENERAL

ARRANGEMENT OF THE WORK.5. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS, METHODS, AND WORK SCHEDULING

ASSOCIATED WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS.6. EXAMINE THE SITE AND OBSERVE THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK WILL BE INSTALLED.

NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS RESULTING FROM THE FAILURE TO COMPLETELY EXAMINE THE SITE.

7. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING SERVICES. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL DISCREPANCIES THAT EXIST BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE EXISTING SERVICES BEFORE MAKING ANY CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING SERVICES.

8. COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROOF PENETRATIONS AND FLASHING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.

9. ROUTE PIPING AND DUCT SYSTEMS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING LINES. MOUNT AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.

10. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. PROVIDE OFFSETS IN PIPING AND DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS.

11. MOUNT ROOM SENSORS AND SWITCHES AT 4'-0". ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

12. SUPPORT ALL EQUIPMENT FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO PROVIDE A VIBRATION-FREE INSTALLATION.

13. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTERNAL AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS. INCREASE THE SHEET METAL DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS BY 2 IN. TO ACCOMMODATE 1-IN. DUCT LINER WHERE REQUIRED.

14. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS ON ALL DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO FANS OR AIR HANDLING UNITS.

15. PROVIDE ½-IN. MESH ALUMINUM SCREEN OVER THE OPENING OF ALL OPEN-ENDED DUCTWORK.16. ENSURE THAT ADEQUATE CLEARANCE EXISTS FOR THE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL

WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.17. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS (INSTALLED IN WALLS OR CEILINGS) AND/OR ACCESS DOORS

(INSTALLED IN DUCTWORK) THAT ARE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO CONCEALED HVAC DEVICES THAT MAY REQUIRE FUTURE INSPECTION, REPAIR, OR ADJUSTMENT.

18. IDENTIFY ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH ENGRAVED, COLOR-CODED LAMINATED PLASTIC MARKERS WITH CONTACT-TYPE, PERMANENT ADHESIVE. MATCH EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ON THE DRAWINGS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGNATIONS.

19. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND CAULK ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS AND PATCH TO MATCH THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CHROME-PLATED ESCUTCHEONS ON ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS.

20. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND PATCH ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS TO MATCH THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE 1 IN. LARGER THAN INSULATED DUCT DIMENSIONS. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE DUCT AND THE SLEEVE SHALL BE PACKED WITH MINERAL FIBER AND CAULKED.

21. FIRESTOP ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED WALLS, FLOORS, OR ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS.

22. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WATERPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY APPROVED CONTRACTORS IF REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN THE WARRANTY ON THE MATERIAL.

23. PROVIDE ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK SIZED EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 0.1" W.G./100' (TYP.) UNLESS SCHEDULED OTHERWISE. INDICATE ALL DUCT SIZES ON SHOP DRAWINGS.

24. PROVIDE MINIMUM DUCT RADIUS ON ELBOWS AT 1-1/2 TIMES DUCT SIZE.25. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE FREE FROM CONTACT WITH ALL: PIPING, WALLS, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS,

CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, ETC.26. PROVIDE THROAT WITH PROPORTIONAL SPLIT AND TURNING VANES ON TEE TRANSITIONS.

(BULLHEAD TEE'S WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.27. ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL FREELY PASS THROUGH ALL WALLS AND FLOORS WITHOUT

RIGID CONNECTIONS. PENETRATION POINTS SHALL BE SLEEVED TO ALLOW PASSAGE OF PIPING OR DUCTWORK AND MAINTAIN 3/4" TO 1-1/4" CLEARANCE AROUND THE OUTSIDE SURFACES. THIS CLEARANCE SHALL BE TIGHTLY PACKED WITH ONE POUND DENSITY GLASS FIBER, AND CAULKED AIR TIGHT WITH NON-HARDENING SEALANT AFTER INSTALLATION OF PIPING OR DUCTWORK.

28. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS WITH ACCESS IN ALL RATED WALLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES.29. FABRICATE, INSTALL, SEAL, AND INSULATE ALL DUCTWORK IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE

REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE MECHANICAL CODE AND ASME STANDARDS.30. ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE CODES OF THE

STATE BUILDING, FIRE, MECHANICAL, AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY AND ALL OTHER CODES, SAFETY ORDERS AND REGULATIONS AS ENFORCED BY THE STATE AND CITY FIRE MARSHALL'S PERTAINING TO THIS PROJECT

31. PROTECTIVE BARRIERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FRONT OF EQUIPMENT WHERE EQUIPMENT IS SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE.

32. SUITABLE OPENINGS WITH TIGHTLY FITTED COVERS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MAKE FIRE DAMPERS ACCESSIBLE FOR INSPECTION.

33. ACCESSIBILITY: ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN WALLS OR ABOVE NON-ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 24" OF, AND BEHIND, AN ACCESS PANEL.

34. SPECIFICATION: THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, AND BE CONSIDERED TO BE A PART OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.

35. PATCHING: THE CONTRACT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND REPAIRING ALL AREAS WHICH ARE EXCAVATED AND/OR DAMAGED BY HIS OPERATIONS.

HVAC GENERAL NOTES:

EQUIPMENT TAG

THERMOSTAT

SUPPLY OR OUTDOOR AIR DUCT

RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT

DUCT LINING

DUCT UP

DUCT DOWN

DUCT-TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR WITH REMOTE TEST STATION AND AUXILIARY RELAY FURNISHED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR; INSTALLED IN DUCTWORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PER CODE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING NECESSARY TO SHUT DOWN HVAC UNIT UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR.

T

3/4" DOOR UNDERCUT

AIRFLOW DIRECTION

XX-XX

UCD

SD

HVAC LEGEND

POINT OF CONNECTION / CONNECT TO EXISTING

EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE DEMOLISHED

EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:48:02 PM

M3.00

HVAC SCHEDULESAND DETAILS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

1. LOW AMBIENT WIND BAFFLE KIT2. R-410A REFRIGERANT3. 5 YEAR COMPRESSOR WARRANTY4. SEE PLANS FOR NEW THERMOSTAT LOCATION

REMARKS:SPLIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE

MARK NOMINALTONS

RATED COOLINGCAPACITY (MBH)

GAS HEATINGINPUT (CFH)

SUPPLYCFM

ELECTRICAL SEER MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKSVOLT. PH. MCA MOCP

F 1(E) 4 - 110 1600 120 1 10.00 15 - LENNOX CX34-44/48 4CU 1(E) 4 - 0 - 208 1 28.90 50 15 LENNOX XC16S036-230 -

F 2(E) 4 - 110 1600 120 1 10.00 15 - LENNOX CX34-44/48 4CU 2(E) 4 - 0 - 208 1 28.90 50 15 LENNOX XC16S036-230 -

F 3 3 - 66 1200 120 1 8.40 15 - LENNOX ML193UH070XE36B /C35-30B-2F-1

4

CU 3 3 36.3 0 - 208 3 14.00 20 13 LENNOX TSA036S4N44Y 1,2,3

1. FINISH TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGSREMARKS:

GRILLE AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE

MARK QTY. MANUFACTURER MODEL DAMPER FRAME /BORDER MODULE SIZE PATTERN FINISH REMARKS

SUPPLYS-1 25 TITUS OMNI MVD IN DUCT LAY-IN 24x24 4-WAY THROW WHITE 1S-2 3 TITUS OMNI MVD IN DUCT LAY-IN 12x12 4-WAY THROW WHITE 1

RETURNR-1 18 TITUS 350 RL MVD IN DUCT LAY-IN SEE PLANS 35 DEG DEFLECTION WHITE 1

NO SCALECEILING DIFFUSER WITH FLEX CONNECTION DETAIL

NO SCALEDRYER VENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL

NO SCALEFURNACE DETAIL

1. DISCONNECT SWITCH2. BUILT-IN THERMOSTAT3. RECESSED MOUNTING

REMARKS:ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE

MARK QTY. SERVICE CFM MBH ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER MODEL WEIGHT(LBS) REMARKSKW VOLT. PH. MCA MOCP

CUH 1 1 VESTIBULE 100 16.375 4.8 208 3 13.40 15 QMARK CWH35083F 25 1,2,3


1. DISCONNECT SWITCH2. BACKDRAFT DAMPER3. EXTERIOR WALL VENT CAP4. TO RUN VIA WALL SWITCH

REMARKS:FAN SCHEDULE

MARK QTY. SERVICE CFM STATICPRESSURE ("WC) RPM ELECTRICAL

MANUFACTURER MODELWEIGHT

(LBS) REMARKSHP or WATTS VOLT. PH.

I

80"

36"

54"

48"

8"

18"

78" M

AXIM

UM

FIRE ALARM SIGNAL,SPEAKER OR LIGHT

RECEPTACLES BEHINDREFRIGERATORS ANDVENDING MACHINES

FIRE ALARM PULL STATION

LIGHTING CONTROLS

VOLUME CONTROLS

RECEPTACLES INMECH/ELEC SPACES ANDADJACENT TO LAVATORIES

DEVICES ABOVECOUNTERTOP AND/ORBACKSPLASH

RECEPTACLESBEHIND DOMESTICWASHERS ANDDRYERSGENERAL PURPOSERECEPTACLES

RECEPTACLESSERVING DISHWASHERSAND GARBAGE DISPOSALS

DISCONNECTSWITCHES PANELBOARD

VOICE/DATA OUTLETS

WALL TELEPHONES

FINISHED FLOOR

NOTES:

1. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF DEVICE EXCEPT FIRE ALARM A/VDEVICES.

2. NO WIRING DEVICES OR OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MOUNTED BACK TO BACK.

3. ALL MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS INDICATED ON THIS DETAIL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

4. FOR ALL ELEVATIONS (WHERE APPLICABLE), CASEWORK DETAILS, FIRE WALLS, SMOKE WALLS, LOCATION OF COUNTERTOPRECEPTACLES, LIGHTING FIXTURE SWITCHES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, EQUIPMENT ROUGH-INS, HEADWALLS, ETC., SEE ARCHDRAWINGS. WHERE NO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS OR DETAILS OCCUR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL USE MEANSAND METHODS AS WELL AS THEIR FIELD KNOWLEDGE TO SPOT DEVICES IN THE BEST LOCATIONS FOR THE PROJECT.

SCALE: NOT TO SCALETYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL

1. ANY AND ALL "BUILDING STANDARDS" AND/OR "BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS" SHALL BECONSIDERED AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE CONTRACTORSHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THESE REQUIREMENTS/THISDOCUMENT AND COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS CONTAINEDWITHIN.

2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO CONVEYTHE SCOPE OF WORK AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF LIGHTINGFIXTURES, DEVICES, CONTROLS, ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, MOTORS, PANELBOARDS,EQUIPMENT, ETC. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ORCALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT DEFINITELY FIXED BYDIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. THE EXACT LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURETHE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS MUST BE DETERMINED AT THE PROJECT. ALLLOCATIONS OF WORK EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THEARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO INSURETHAT ALL NEW WORK WILL FIT INTO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IN THE MANNERINTENDED AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFYTHE ARCHITECT/OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS,FABRICATIONS, OR PERFORMING ANY WORK IN THE AREA INVOLVING DIFFERENCES.NOTIFICATION SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF A DRAWING OR SKETCH INDICATING FIELDMEASUREMENTS AND NOTES RELATED TO THE AREA.

4. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BEPROMPTLY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATIONDURING THE BIDDING PERIOD. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL SUBSEQUENTLY BE MADE TOTHE CONTRACTOR BY REASON OF THEIR FAILURE TO HAVE BROUGHT SAIDDISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER DURING THE BIDDINGPERIOD OR OF ANY ERROR ON THE CONTRACTOR'S PART.

5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, PROFESSIONAL AND WORKMANLIKEMANNER, RECTILINEAR TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.

6. ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE RISER/ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS, BUT NOT ON THEPLAN OR VICE VERSA, SHALL BE INCLUDED AS IF SHOWN ON BOTH.

7. REVIEW ALL TRADES' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE SPECIFIC MOUNTINGLOCATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTINGLOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT.

8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS TO DERIVE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALLRECEPTACLES, OUTLETS/JACKS, SWITCHES, ETC. LUMINAIRES AND CEILINGMOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURALREFLECTED CEILING PLANS.

9. EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE ELECTRICALCONNECTION ARE SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY EXACTLOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS.

10. ALL RACEWAY/CIRCUITING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFIEDOTHERWISE. CUT/FISH/PATCH WALLS AS REQUIRED. USE OF SURFACE RACEWAYMUST BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT ALONG WITH PROPOSED ROUTING ANDSURFACE RACEWAY TYPE.

11. ALL RACEWAYS RUNNING THROUGH BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BEEQUIPPED WITH EXPANSION FITTINGS.

12. CONDUIT HOME RUNS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING WITH MORE THAN (3) CURRENTCARRYING CONDUCTORS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMATICALLY. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALLNOT INSTALL MORE THAN (3) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN A RACEWAYUNLESS NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (N.E.C), ARTICLE 310.15 DERATING FACTORSARE APPLIED.

13. ALL LIGHTING AND GENERAL POWER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE A SEPARATENEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.

14. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONSFOR ACCEPTABLE CONDUIT TYPES/LOCATIONS. ALL CONDUIT SIZES ON THEDRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE LATEST EDITION OF THE N.E.C. CONDUIT FILL TABLESFOR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (E.M.T). CONDUIT SIZES SHALL BE REVISED TOTHE SIZE REQUIRED, RELATIVE TO THE ACTUAL CONDUIT TYPE TO BE INSTALLED.

15. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE PLANS INDICATE ALL THE NECESSARY BENDS,OFFSETS, PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THEIR WORK TO CONFORM TO THE STRUCTURE,MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. REFER TOTHE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AS REQUIRED.

16. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE PLANS INDICATE ALL CONDUIT ROUTES, PULLBOXES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMININGACTUAL CONDUIT ROUTING, QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF PULL BOXES WITHINACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS.

17. PROVIDE SCREW-COVER PULL BOXES IN CONDUIT RUNS AS REQUIRED TOLIMIT THE NUMBER OF BENDS TO NO MORE THAN THREE (3) OR 270 DEGREESTOTAL. SIZE PULL BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC, ARTICLE 314.28.DOCUMENT ON RECORD DRAWINGS, SIZE AND LOCATION OF PULL BOXESUSED IN FEEDER CONDUIT RUNS.

18. ALL OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) DEDICATEDVERTICAL CONDUIT ENTERING AT THE TOP OF THE BOX. HORIZONTALCONDUIT CONNECTIONS SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED UNDER WINDOWS ORUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS.

19. WHERE MULTIPLE DEVICES ARE INDICATED IN A COMMON LOCATION, GANGINTO A SINGLE COVER PLATE.

20. NEW OR MODIFIED PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ENGRAVEDNAMEPLATES AS DESIGNATED ON PANEL SCHEDULES SECURED TO PANELFACE AND DENOTING ORIGIN OF FEEDER FROM WHICH PANEL IS SERVED.

GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES

WIRING SCHEDULE FOR 20A RECEPTACLE &LIGHTING CIRCUITS

DISTANCE 120V

1' - 100' #12 (AWG)

100' - 150' #10 (AWG)

150' - 200' #10 (AWG)

200' - 300' #8 (AWG)

V

F

F

FACP

CLG

WP

x

OCD

OC x

J

M

F

F

F

ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGENDDESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

20A - 125V GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

20A - 125V GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHERRESISTANT LISTED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM "WHILE IN-USE COVER" AND MOUNTED 18" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE RECESSED MOUNTED FLUSH INFINISHED CEILING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RECEPTACLE AND FACEPLATE FINISH TO MATCH FINISH OF CEILING.

PANELBOARD SURFACE MOUNTED 6'-6" TO TOP. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM.

CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR. CROSS HATCHING INDICATESNUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINIMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN.

CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED IN OR ABOVE CEILING OR WALL, OR RUN EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINIMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN.

COMBINATION VOICE/DATA OUTLET (4" x 2-1/8" DEEP JUNCTION BOX) COMPLETE WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING (VERIFY DRYWALL THICKNESS) AND COVER PLATE (COLOR SELECTION BY ARCHITECT) MOUNTED AT 18" A.F.F. PROVIDE 1-0" CONDUIT WITH INSULATING BUSHING AND PULLSTRING STUBBED UP 12" INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.VOICE AND/OR DATA SYMBOL WITH ADDITIONAL SUBSCRIPT DESIGNATES TYPE OR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AS FOLLOWS:

"AC" INDICATES MOUNTED 8" ABOVE COUNTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ONARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS"C" FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED OR 12" ABOVE WINDOW"+48" RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT HEIGHT INDICATED"VIF" VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT IN FIELD"W" DENOTES WALL PHONE"TV" DENOTES TELEVISION OUTLET

20A - 120V/277V SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. IF APPLICABLE, LOWER CASE SUBSCRIPT "x" - KEYS SWITCH TO FIXTURES BEING CONTROLLED (TYPICAL OF ALL SWITCH SYMBOLS)

120V/277V OCCUPANCY SENSING SWITCH WITH 0-10V DIMMING MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPE AND RATING AS INDICATED ON PLANS/SCHEDULE.

120V/277V OCCUPANCY SENSING SWITCH CEILING MOUNTED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPE AND RATING AS INDICATED ON PLANS/SCHEDULE.

FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP.

FIRE ALARM VISUAL (STROBE) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MOUNTED AT THE LESSOR OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OR 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING. IF APPLICABLE, SUBSCRIPT "C" INDICATESCEILING MOUNTED APPLIANCE.

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - SURFACE MOUNTED ON WALL

FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL (HORN/STROBE) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE WALL MOUNTED AT THELESSOR OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OR 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING.

DISCONNECT SWITCH - TYPE AND RATING AS INDICATED ON PLANS

MANUAL MOTOR STARTER TOGGLE SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION - TYPE AND RATING PER EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED. PROVIDE WITH LOCK-OUT CAPABILITIES

JUNCTION BOX - TYPE AND SIZE AS REQUIRED BY NEC

S

S

FIRE ALARM AUDIO (SPEAKER) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE WALL MOUNTED AT THE LESSOR OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OR 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING.

FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL (SPEAKER/STROBE) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CEILING MOUNTED.

FIRE ALARM AUDIO (SPEAKER) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CEILING MOUNTED.

S

WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE

CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE

LIGHT FIXTURE, "X" DESIGNATES TYPE AND "x" DESINAGTES CONTROL ZONE

LVx LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. "X" INDICATES ZONE CONTROLLED S

X,x

20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROTECTED BY GFCI TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER

G

OC120V/277V OCCUPANCY SENSING SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPE AND RATING AS INDICATED ON PLANS/SCHEDULE.

S


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:46:23 PM

E0.00ELECTRICAL

SYMBOL LEGEND &LUMINAIRESCHEDULE

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

5. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEVICES, OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED AND LISTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, TO THE ENGINEER AT LEAST SEVEN (7) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. THE REQUESTSHALL BE AN ALTERNATE TO THE ORIGINAL BID AND SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS CUT SHEET SUBMITTAL AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, COMPLETE WITH DESCRIPTIVE (MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, CATALOG NUMBER, ETC.) AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR ALL ITEMS. INDICATE ANYADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE WITH THE SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL AND ON THE BID FORM.

4. ANY PROPOSED ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO FINAL BID PRICING.

3. VERIFY FINAL LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH OTHER CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SUCH AS DIFFUSERS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SPEAKERS, ETC., WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS.

2. PROVIDE ALL LENGTHS, FEEDS, ACCESSORIES, CONNECTORS, WIRING, POWER SUPPLIES, DRIVERS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. VERIFY THE COMPLETE BILL OF MATERIAL WITH MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND INSURE ALL EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. COORDINATE INSTALLATIONWITH ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS.

1. VERIFY ALL LUMINAIRE COLORS, TRIMS, LENGTHS, ETC. WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING FINAL PURCHASE ORDERS. SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE INTERPRETED AS HAVING BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.GENERAL NOTES:

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TYPE LOAD VOLTAGE DESCRIPTION LAMP TYPE DRIVER TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL EQUALSA 32 VA 120 V 2'X4' RECESSED TROFFER LED 3500K 4000LM 0-10V H.E. WILLIAMS LT-2-4-L39-9-35-AF-DIM-UNV SIGNIFY, LITHONIA, COLUMBIA

A1 21 VA 120 V 2'X2' RECESSED TROFFER LED 3500K 2700LM 0-10V H.E. WILLIAMS LT-2-2-L27-9-35-AF-DIM-UNV SIGNIFY, LITHONIA, COLUMBIAA2 37 VA 120 V 4' SURFACE MOUNT WRAP LED 3500K 5200LM ON/OFF H.E. WILLIAMS 39W-8-L52-8-35-A-DRV-UNV SIGNIFY, LITHONIA, COLUMBIAB 37 VA 120 V VANITY LIGHT LED 3500K 1600LM ON/OFF H.E. WILLIAMS MX2DW-4'-L4-90-35-F-UNV SIGNIFY, LITHONIA, COLUMBIA

EM 3 VA 120 V DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT, WHITE THERMOPALSTIC HOUSING, 90-MIN BATTERY LED - EMERGI-LITE EL-2LED EXITRONIX, LITHONIA, DUAL-LITEEMX 15 VA 120 V EXTERIOR EGRESS ALIGHT, COLD WEATHER RATED BATTERY LED - EMERGI-LITE BZ-RAD-ACSD-CW EXITRONIX, LITHONIA, DUAL-LITEX1 5 VA 120 V EXIT LIGHT, RED LETTERING, WHITE THERMOPALSTIC HOUSING, 90-MIN BATTERY LED - EMERGI-LITE ELX EXITRONIX, LITHONIA, DUAL-LITE


LL ELECTRICAL ROOM

POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE

400AS400AF

208/120V3∅-4W

TENANT

PP208/120V3∅-4W

400A400A MCB

100AS100F

208/120V1∅-3WX-RAY

M

3-1 AWG,1-6 AWG (G),1-1/2"C.

EXISTING (2) SETS OF 4-3/0 AWG 1-2 AWG (G),2"C. BY LL

TO EXISITNG UTILITY

EXISTING TENANT SERVICE DISCONENCTBY LL

EXISTING TENANT METER AND METER SOCKET BY LL


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:46:29 PM

E0.01POWER

DISTRIBUTIONDIAGRAM &SCHEDULES

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


Misc. Power 55700 VA X 1.0 44560 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT: 251 AMotor 0 VA X 1.25 LARGEST MOTOR 0 VA CONNECTED CURRENT: 293 AHVAC 24590 VA X 1.0 24590 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD: 90314 VAReceptacle 23040 VA 1ST 10KW X 1.0 + REMAINING X 0.5 18432 VA CONNECTED LOAD: 105516 VALighting 2186 VA X 1.25 2732 VA

LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTEDLOAD NEC FACTOR ESTIMATED

DEMAND PANEL TOTALS

AMPS SUB TOTALS 184 374 371KVA SUB TOTALS 22.1 41.9 41.5

71 Spare 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 7269 Spare 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 7067 Spare 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 6865 Spare 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 6663 Spare 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 6461 REFRIGERATOR 20 1 1.0 0.0 1 20 Spare 6259 ISOLATION CAGE 20 1 0.2 0.2 1 20 DENTAL CEILING LIGHT 6057 DENTAL X-RAY 20 1 0.2 0.4 1 20 TELECOM BOARD QUAD REC 58

-- 55 -- -- -- 0.5 0.4 1 20 TELECOM BOARD QUAD REC 5653 SCAVENGER UNIT 20 2 0.5 2.5 -- -- -- 54 --51 FURNACE F-3 15 1 1.0 2.5 2 30 CUH-1 CABINET UNIT HEATER 52

-- 49 -- -- -- 3.0 1.2 1 15 EXISTING FURNACE F-1 5047 EXISTING CU-2 CONDENSING UNIT 50 2 3.0 1.2 1 15 EXISTING FURNACE F-2 48

-- 45 -- -- -- 2.1 3.0 -- -- -- 46 --43 CONDENSING UNIT CU-3 30 2 2.1 3.0 2 50 EXISTING CU-3 CONDENSING UNIT 44

-- 41 -- -- -- 23.5 0.2 1 20 HOT WATER GAS HEATER 4239 X-RAY 100 2 23.5 0.2 1 20 WATER HEATER RECIRC PUMP 4037 EXAM ROOM REC 20 1 1.1 0.2 1 20 RESTROOM REC 3835 EXAM ROOM REC 20 1 1.3 1.1 1 20 EXAM ROOM REC 3633 GENERAL REC 20 1 0.7 0.2 1 20 HALL WAY COUNTER REC 3431 GENERAL REC 20 1 0.4 0.7 1 20 EXAM ROOM REC 3229 TREATMENT GENERAL REC 20 1 0.9 0.4 1 20 TREATMENT CEILING LIGHTS 3027 CONF ROOM REC 20 1 0.7 1.1 1 20 OFFICE REC 2825 BREAK ROOM & CONF ROOM REC 20 1 1.1 1.0 1 20 CONF ROOM PRINTER/COPIER 2623 BREAK ROOM ABOVE COUNTER REC 20 1 0.2 0.2 1 20 BREAK ROOM ABOVE COUNTER REC 2421 BREAK ROOM REFRIGERATOR 20 1 0.2 0.2 1 20 BREAK ROOM ABOVE COUNTER REC 2219 ALCOVE REC 20 1 0.4 0.7 1 20 SERVER/STORAGE REC 2017 WASHER 20 1 1.0 1.5 -- -- -- 18 --15 X-RAY ROOM REC 20 1 0.5 1.5 2 30 DRYER 1613 LAB/PHARMACY REC 20 1 0.7 0.2 1 20 LAB EQUPMENT 1411 EXAM ROOM REC 20 1 1.1 0.7 1 20 LAB/PHARMACY REC 129 DENTAL REC 20 1 0.7 1.5 1 20 DENTAL X-RAY WALL MOUNTED 107 RECOVERY CAGE GENERAL REC 20 1 0.7 0.5 1 20 SURGERY REC 85 GENERAL REC 20 1 0.9 1.1 1 20 RECEPTION DESK REC 63 LIGHTING 20 1 0.5 1.3 1 20 BOARDING REC 41 OFFICE REC 20 1 1.6 1.7 1 20 LIGHTING 2

NOTE CKT DESCRIPTION -A -P A B C -P -A DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: MCB RATING: 400MOUNTING: SURFACE WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 400

SUPPLY FROM: PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: MCBLOCATION: Server/Storage 118 VOLTS: 208/120V A.I.C. RATING: 22PANELBOARD DESIGNATION: PP

REF

.

REF.

12 2

3(TYPICAL)

3(TYPICAL)

3(TYPICAL)

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XM

XM XM

XM

XM XM

XM

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM XM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM XM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XMXMXMXM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XMXM

XM

XM

XM

XM

XM XM

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:1. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND ARE TO BE USED AS A GUIDELINE ONLY FOR THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE DURING THE BID PHASE TO VERIFY THE EXACT CONDITIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND INCLUSIVE DEMOLITION PACKAGE.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO HAVE SATISFIED HIMSELF AS TO THE CONDITIONS OF THE PREMISES, THE SITE, ANY OBSTRUCTIONS, THE ACTUAL LEVELS, ACCESS PANELS,AND ALL OTHER EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD, SHALL CHECK LOCATION OF AND CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES, AND SHALL ASSUME ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAME.

3. FOR ALL RENOVATION/REMOLDING WORK, INCLUDING ALL AREAS OF NO OR MINIMAL WORK, EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT, WIRING DEVICES, ETC. (POWER, LIGHTING, ETC.), THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN THESE SERVICES, EQUIPMENT, WIRING DEVICES THAT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN, WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS.

4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, WIRING DEVICES, TELECOM DEVICES, BLANK COVER PLATES, ETC. LOCATED INWALLS/PARTITIONS LABELED AS "TO BE REMOVED". REMOVE ALL EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITING (CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT) BACK TO LAST ACTIVE DEVICE (OR SOURCE IF NO ACTIVE DEVICES REMAIN).

5. ALL ELECTRICAL LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT, WIRING DEVICES, TELECOMMUNICATIONS VOICE/DATA CABLING, ETC. SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE, BACK TO SOURCE, (PANELBOARD, TERMINAL BOARDS, ETC.), INCLUDING ALL BRANCH CIRCUITING, (CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT), FEEDERS, SUPPORTS, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, ETC.

6. MAINTAIN OR PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES, SUCH AS LIGHTING AND POWER IN ALL AREAS OF DEMOLITION AND SURROUNDING AREAS NOT IN DEMOLITION.

7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL HVAC, AND PLUMBING DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT BEING DEMOLISHED, AND SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING DEVICES.

8. EQUIPMENT AND WIRING DEVICES INDICATED AS "XR", (EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED), SHALL BE STORED FOR RE-USE AS INDICATED "XN", (NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING RELOCATED DEVICE), ON NEW PLAN DRAWINGS. DEVICES SHALL BE CLEANED, LUMINAIRES RE-LAMPED PER SPECIFICATIONS, AND BALLAST REPLACED WHERE FOUND TO BE INOPERABLE.

9. ANY CIRCUITS FEEDING THROUGH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES THAT ARE BEING DEMOLISHED, REWORKED, OR RELOCATED, AND FEEDING OTHER EQUIPMENT/DEVICES THAT REMAIN ARE TO BE MAINTAINED.

10. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WALLS, CEILINGS, OR FLOORS THAT ARE DISTURBED BY DEMOLITION SHALL BE RETURNED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. PATCH FLOOR TO ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS AND U.L. FIRE RATING LISTINGS FOR ALL FLOOR MOUNTED DEVICES SUCH AS FLOOR BOXES, ETC. WHICH HAVE BEEN REMOVED.

11. ALL EQUIPMENT AND/OR DEVICES THAT ARE REMOVED AND NOT RE-USED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT AND/OR BUILDING MANAGEMENT OR DISPOSED OF PER THEIR DIRECTION.

12. ALL MATERIAL TO BE DISPOSED SHALL BE DONE UNDER STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.13. ALL WORK SHOWN LIGHT IS EXISTING TO REMAIN.14. ALL WORK SHOWN DARK OR DARK/DASHED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES:

1. EXISTING TENANT MAIN PANEL, ISOLATIONG TRANSFORMER AND LOAD CENTER TO BE REMOVED, REFER TO POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM FOR MORE INFORMATION.

2. EXISTING AIR HANDELR TO REMAIN, MAINTAIN EXISTING WIRING.

3. ALL EXISTING INTERIOR LIGHTING, EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND EXIT SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE.


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:46:48 PM

E1.00

ELECTRICALDEMOLITION PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN


REF

.

REF.

OCD OCD OCD

OCD

OCD

OCD

OCD

OCD

OCD

OC

OC

OC

OC

OCOC

OC

OC

OC

OC OC

OC

OC OC

OC

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106


Staff Break Rm.110

Women's Rm.114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124


Recovery Cages126

Prep127

Surgery128 Dental

129

Reception103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

A

A

A

A

A

A

A ,c

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A1

A

A

AA

AA

A

A ,dA ,d

A

A

A A ,d A ,d

A ,dA ,cA ,cA ,cA ,cA ,c

A ,c

A

AA

A A

A

A

AA

A

A A A ,b A ,b

A ,b A ,b A ,b

A ,b

A1

A1

A1

A1 ,c

A1 ,b

A1 ,b

A2

A2

A2 A2

A2

A ,a

LV,c

LV,c

LV,aLV,bLV,c

PP -2

PP -2

PP -3

X1

X1

X1

X1X1

X1

X1

X1

X1

3

3

EM

EM EMEM

EM

EM EM EM

EM

EM

EM

EMX1

EM

EM

EM

EM

LV,d

LV,d

A1

B

EM

EM

OC

OCOC

OC

A ,c

EMX

EMX

EMX

c

c c

a

b b

d

GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN NOTES

1. ALL EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACKS, EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES (ON GENERATOR OR EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACKS INTEGRAL TO LUMINAIRE), AND NIGHT LIGHTS (DENOTED 'NL') SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ANY CONTROLS SUCH AS: SWITCHES (DEVICE), OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND/OR RELAY CONTROLS.

2. EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES, AND EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS.

3. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR 120 VOLT 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE 12-AWG. FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 100 LINEAR FEET, A MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE 10-AWG.

4. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) IN ALL CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, WIRING TROUGHS, ENCLOSURES, SPLICE OR TERMINATION POINTS, ETC

5. A NEW TYPED PANELBOARD DIRECTORY CARD SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PANELS INSTALLED OR MODIFIED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NEW DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INSIDE DOOR OF ASSOCIATED PANELS.

ON/OFF

NOTES:

1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND TERMINATIONS TO BE BY ELECTRICALCONTRACTOR.

2. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENSORS PER POWER PACK IS DEPENDANT ONMANUFACTURER. COORDINATE QUANTITY OF POWER PACKS WITHMANUFACTURER.

3. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE DUAL TECHNOLOGY "SENSOR SWITCH"CM-PDT-10 OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL EXPOSED CONTROL WIRING SHALL BEIN CONDUIT.

SCALE: NOT TO SCALE

"OC" OCCUPANCY SENSORWIRING DIAGRAM

PP20

OS

SENSORSWITCH

CM-PDT-10

WHITE

BLK/

ORG

BLUE

N H BLK- 120V/ORG 277V

WHITERED

BLK

BLUE

LOCALSWITCH

NOTES:

2. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE "SENSOR SWITCH" WSX-PDT OR APPROVEDEQUAL.

3. REFER TO SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND SET FOR VACANCY "VS" OR OCCUPANCY"OS" AS INDICATED. SET TIME DELAY TO 20 MINUTES.

SCALE: NOT TO SCALE

"OC" OCCUPANCYSENSOR SWITCH WIRING

DIAGRAMNOTES:

2. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE "SENSOR SWITCH" WSX-PDT-D OR APPROVEDEQUAL.

3. REFER TO SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND SET FOR VACANCY "VS" OR OCCUPANCY"OS" AS INDICATED. SET TIME DELAY TO 20 MINUTES.

SCALE: NOT TO SCALE

"OCD" OCCUPANCY SENSORW/ 0-10V DIMMING SWITCH

WIRING DIAGRAM

LOAD

LOAD

N H 120VN H 120V

0-10VDIMMING

GRY (-)

VIO (+)

NZONE a

ON/OFF


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:09 PM

E2.00

LIGHTING PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"LIGHTING PLAN


REF

.

REF.

J

F

F

F F F

F

F

F

F

F

F

F

F

V

V V V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

F

F

F

F

F

GENERAL POWER PLAN NOTES1. EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, KITCHEN, FURNITURE SYSTEMS, OWNER

FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, ETC. THAT REQUIRE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTORS AND/OR VENDORS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS.

2. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN, REVIEW AND COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE SPECIFIC MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS (VOLTAGE, PHASE, KW, HP, CONNECTION TYPE, ETC.) FOR HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATIONS WITH THE SPECIFIC TRADE AND ARCHITECT.

3. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE 12-AWG. FOR 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH HOMERUNS OVER 100 LINEAR FEET, A MINIMUM WIRE SIZE OF 10-AWG SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM FIRST JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX TO BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. FOR 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH HOMERUNS OVER 150 LINEAR FEET, A MINIMUM WIRE SIZE OF 8-AWG SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM FIRST JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX TO BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD.

4. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) IN ALL CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, WIRING TROUGHS, ENCLOSURES, SPLICE OR TERMINATION POINTS, ETC.

5. A NEW TYPED PANELBOARD DIRECTORY CARD SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PANELS INSTALLED OR MODIFIED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NEW DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INSIDE DOOR OF ASSOCIATED PANELS.

6. ALL EXISTING POWER AND DATA DEVICES SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW MATCHING NEW DEVICE FINISHES.

F-1(E)

CU-1(E)

CU-2(E)

CUH-1

Vestibule101

Waiting102

Exam 5113

Boarding104

DVM Offices105

DVM Offices106


Staff Break Rm.110

Women's Rm.114

Laundry116

Hall117

Server/Storage118

Exam 1119

Exam 2120

Exam 3121

Exam 4124 Lab/Pharmacy & Tech Stations

123

Recovery Cages126

Prep127

Surgery128

Dental129

Reception103

X-Ray112

Treatment111

Hall122

"PP"

ETR

ETR

ETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETRETRETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETRETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR

ETR ETR

+48" +48"

+52"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48" +48" +48" +48" +48"

+48"

+90"

+90"

+90"

100ASX-RAY

F-2(E)F-3

CU-3

2

67

4

4

10

10

5

9

1

EBH-12EBH-13

EBH-9

EBH-10

EBH-15 EBH-16

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+48"

+90"

PP -1

PP -4

PP -5

PP -6

+48"

PP -7PP -8

PP -9

PP -10

PP -11

PP -12 +48"

PP -13PP -14PP -15

PP -16,18

PP -17

PP -19

PP -20

+48"

PP -21

PP -22

PP -23

PP -24

PP -25

PP -26

PP -27

PP -28

PP -29

PP -30

PP -31PP -32

PP -33

PP -34

PP -35

PP -36

PP -37PP -38

Men's Rm.115

PP -39,41

PP -40PP -42

PP -43,45PP -44,46

PP -47,49

PP -48 PP -50PP -51

PP -52,54

PP -53,55

FACP

ETR

PP -57+48"

+48"

PP -59

PP -56

PP -58

+48"

+48"

+90"

PP -60

PP -61

POWER PLAN CODED NOTES1. NEW TENANT POWER DISTRIBUTION, REFER TO POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM FOR

MORE INFORMATION.

2. "SCAVENGER" UNIT MOUNTED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER AND MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE 30A, 2-POLE, 208V, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH 20A FUSES. INSTALL SWITCH AT UNIT, PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION, WIRING SHALL BE 2-10 AWG, 1-10 AWG (G), 3/4" CONDUIT.

3. EXHAUST FAN TO BE WIRED VIA MANUFACTURER PROVIDED SPEED CONTROL SWITCH, E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING, COORDINATE WORK WITH M.C.

4. EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REWORKED TO NEW PANEL AS INDICATED, UTILIZE EXISTING WIRING.

5. X-RAY MACHINE (208V-1PH, 48KW) PROVIDE 100A-2P NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, WIRING SHALL BE 2-1 AWG, 1-6 AWG (G), 1-1/2"C.

6. CONDENSING UNIT CU-3 (208V-1PH, 18.8 MCA, 30.0 MOCP ) PROVIDE 30A-2P NEMA 3R NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATED ON/AT UNIT, WIRING SHALL BE 2-10 AWG, 1-10 AWG, 3/4"C.

7. FURNACE F-3 (120V-1PH, 10.0 MCA, 15.0 MOCP ) PROVIDE 20A-1P DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATED ON/AT UNIT, WIRING SHALL BE 2-12 AWG, 1-12 AWG, 3/4"C.

8. PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR MOTORIZED DAMPER, COORDINATE WORK WITH M.C.

9. DRYER, PROVIDE NEMA #14-30 RECEPTACLE, WIRING SHALL BE 3-10 AWG, 1-10 AWG (G), 3/4"C.

10. EXHAUST FAN TO BE WIRED TO LOCAL LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT AND OCCUPANCY LIGHT SWITCH FOR POWER AND CONTROLS.

11. CABINET UNIT HEATER CUH-1 (208V-3PH, 13.4 MCA, 15.0 MOCP ) PROVIDE DIRECT CONENCTION TO INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH UNIT, WIRING SHALL BE 3-12 AWG, 1-12 AWG, 3/4"C. 2012 West 25th Street, Suite 200

Cleveland, OH 44113-4313Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:18 PM

E3.00

POWER PLANS

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA

N 1/4" = 1'-0"POWER PLAN

11


PART I - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS,ALTERNATES, ADDENDA'S', AND DIVISION 1 ARE A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTORS ANDSUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EXAMINE SAME AS WELL AS OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS WHICH AFFECTWORK UNDER THIS DIVISION.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICALINSTALLATIONS COMMON TO ALL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURALREQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION EXPAND AND SUPPLEMENT THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL, ETC., AND ALL OTHERDRAWINGS AS WELL AS THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL THE DIVISIONS ARE A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

B. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK SPECIFIEDBUT NOT SHOWN, OR SHOWN BUT NOT SPECIFIED, SHALL BE PERFORMED OR FURNISHED AS THOUGH MENTIONEDIN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS.

1.4 WORK INCLUDES

A. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, AND PERMITS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER COMPLETIONOF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN. ITEMS OMITTED, BUT NECESSARY TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMCOMPLETE AND WORKABLE, SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO FORM PART OF THE WORK.

B. IT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF ALLEQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. ASCERTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS AND ARRANGE WORK ACCORDINGLY. THE RIGHT ISRESERVED TO EFFECT REASONABLE CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING-IN,WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. CHANGES IN LOCATION OF OUTLETS OR EQUIPMENT NECESSITATEDBY INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH THE CONSENT OF THEARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST.

C. AS USED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, “PROVIDE" MEANS "FURNISH AND INSTALL" AND "HVAC" MEANS "HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING" AND "POS" MEANS "PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS". "FURNISH" MEANS"TO PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE COMPLETE WITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE ANDSUPPORT," AND "INSTALL" MEANS "TO UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND PERFORM EVERYOPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER CODES AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS, TOESTABLISH SECURE MOUNTING AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER LOCATION IN THE PROJECT."

D. WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO:

1. NEW PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS2. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING3. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS4. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION5. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES6. GROUNDING AND BONDING7. RACEWAYS AND BOXES8. WIRING DEVICES9. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES10. LUMINAIRES, INCLUDING LAMPS AND BALLASTS11. FIRE STOPPING12. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT13. METER SOCKETS AND CT CABINETS14. NAMEPLATES LABELS, AND TAGS15. COORDINATION DRAWINGS16. SHOP DRAWINGS17. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS18. TESTING

E. THE ELECTRICAL DESIGN IS BASED ON THE CURRENT ADOPTED EDITION NFPA 70 - “THE NATIONAL ELECTRICALCODE”. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BID THE COST OF INSTALLING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTNECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL LOCAL, AND/OR STATE CODES.

1.5 WORK OR MATERIALS NOT INCLUDED

A. THE EXACT WIRING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENTAND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER BEFORESUBMITTING THE BID.

B. STARTERS SUPPLIED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER THE DIVISIONPROVIDING THE EQUIPMENT. POWER WIRING DISCONNECT SHALL BE UNDER DIVISION 16. ALL OTHER STARTERSAND AUXILIARY CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND WIRED UNDER DIVISION 16, UNLESS OTHERWISESHOWN.

1.6 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONB. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL

1.7 CODES, PERMITS, AND FEES

A. INSTALL WORK IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF STATE, COUNTY, AND CITY AUTHORITIESHAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) OVER PREMISES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OFPENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENTS OF COMMERCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES. DO NOT CONSTRUE THIS AS RELIEVINGCONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH ANY REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATION WHICH ARE IN EXCESS OF CODEREQUIREMENTS AND NOT IN CONFLICT THEREWITH. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALLAPPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AS INTERPRETED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITYHAVING JURISDICTION, AS WELL AS ANY FURTHER MODIFICATIONS OR REGULATIONS PUBLISHED BY LOCAL ORSTATE AUTHORITIES.

B. GIVE PROPER AUTHORITIES NOTICE AS REQUIRED BY LAW RELATIVE TO THE WORK IN THEIR CHARGE. COMPLYWITH THE REGULATIONS REGARDING TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, OBSTRUCTIONS, OR EXCAVATIONS AND PAY ALLLEGAL FEES INVOLVED.

C. SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTIONS INCIDENTAL TO THIS WORK, AS REQUIRED BYALL FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENTS TO ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES FOR WORKPERFORMED BY THEM IN CONNECTION WITH PROVISION OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS REQUIRED UNDER THISDIVISION OF SPECIFICATIONS. TURN OVER CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGERAND/OR OWNER PROMPTLY WHEN RECEIVED, AND BEFORE PAYMENT IS MADE FOR THE WORK. DELIVER ALLCERTIFICATES TO ARCHITECT IN DUPLICATE.

D. PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST REVISIONS TO THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL BE FOLLOWEDWHERE APPLICABLE:

1. NEW YORK ADOPTED STATE BUILDING CODES (IBC)2. CITY OF CLINTON BUILDING CODES3. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC)4. NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE5. TIA/EIA - 568, 569, AND J-STD-6076. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)7. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA)

1.8 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES

A. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN, CONSULT THE DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS COVERING THEWORK FOR OTHER TRADES, THE FIELD LAYOUTS OF THE CONTRACTORS FOR THE OTHER TRADES AND MAKEADJUSTMENTS ACCORDINGLY IN LAYING OUT AND INSTALLING THE ELECTRICAL WORK.

B. KEEP FULLY INFORMED OF THE PROGRESS OF THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL WORK THAT IS TO BECONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO SECURE PROPER LOCATION WITHOUTDELAY TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CONDUIT AND OUTLET BOXES CONCEALED IN MASONRYCONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INSTALLED DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION. ATTEND TO ELECTRICAL WORK DURING THEPROGRESS OF BUILDING-IN TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENTS AND DAMAGES TO THE ELECTRICAL WORK.

C. EXAMINE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHEN IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH, OR IS COVERED BY WORK IN THISDIVISION. DO NOT ATTACH TO, COVER UP, OR FINISH AGAINST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, OR INSTALL WORK IN AMANNER WHICH WILL PREVENT PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.

D. ALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CENTERED WITH REGARD TO PANELING, WALLCOVERINGS, TRIM, EQUIPMENT, ETC., AND SHALL LINE UP WITH EITHER BOTTOM OR TOP OF MASONRY COURSES.CHANGES TO THE SPECIFIED MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ANY DEVICE SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE BEFORE ROUGH-IN.

E. TAKE ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS NECESSARY AND ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY.

F. BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE MECHANICALCONTRACTOR, MARKED-UP PRINTS INDICATING ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS WHICH AFFECT THE LOCATION OF HEATING,VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK. THESE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BELIMITED TO PULL BOXES, CONDUIT, ETC.

1.9 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND MATERIALS USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. LISTED AND LABELEDFOR THE APPLICATION.

B. PROVIDE MATERIAL AND LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER DRAWN NOR SPECIFIED, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY ACOMPONENT PART OF, AND NECESSARY TO COMPLETE WORK AND WHICH IS CUSTOMARILY A PART OF WORK OFSIMILAR CHARACTER.

C. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR ANDSHALL BE PROTECTED BY SAME UNTIL FORMALLY ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER.

D. ALL MANUFACTURERS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL VERIFY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CONTRACTORAND ENGINEER THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT WILL FUNCTION PROPERLY UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF USE, AS SHOWNON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND ALLOTHER RELATED APPURTENANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS.

1.10 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS

A. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR LISTED ALTERNATIVES. DRAWINGS ANDSPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY TYPE, MODEL, AND SIZE AND THUS ESTABLISHMINIMUM QUALITIES, WHICH SUBSTITUTES MUST MEET TO QUALIFY FOR REVIEW.

B. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEVICES, OTHER THAN THOSESPECIFIED AND LISTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, TO THEENGINEER AT LEAST SEVEN (7) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. THE REQUEST SHALL BE AN ALTERNATETO THE ORIGINAL BID AND SHALL INCLUDE AND BE ACCOMPANIED WITH COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS CUT SHEETSUBMITTAL AS OUTLINED IN THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION, COMPLETE WITH DESCRIPTIVE (MANUFACTURER,BRAND NAME, CATALOG NUMBER, ETC.) AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR ALL ITEMS. INDICATE ANY ADDITIONS ORDEDUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE WITH THE SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL AND ON THE BID FORM.

C. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THEARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. IF REQUESTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSPECTION SAMPLES OF BOTH THESPECIFIED AND THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE ITEMS.

D. IF ANY SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, AN ADDENDUM LISTING THE APPROVED ITEM(S) WILL BE ISSUED TO ALLBIDDING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE.

E. IN ALL CASES WHERE SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY EXTRA COST OFEVALUATING THE EQUALITY OF THE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED.

F. WHERE ONLY ONE MAKE IS NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS, IT SHALL BE PROVIDED.

G. VERBAL REQUESTS OR APPROVALS SHALL NOT BE BINDING ON THE ENGINEER OR OWNER.

1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: UNDERWRITER LABORATORIES, INC. (UL) LISTED ANDLABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.

1.12 SUBMITTALS

A. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA

1. PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH ADEQUATE DETAILS ANDSCALES AS NECESSARY TO CLEARLY SHOW CONSTRUCTION. INDICATE OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS FOREACH REQUIRED ITEM AND DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EACH. CLEARLY IDENTIFY EACH ITEM ON THE DRAWINGSAS TO MARK, LOCATION, AND USE.

2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW, STAMP WITH APPROVAL AND SUBMIT, WITH REASONABLE PROMPTNESSAND IN ORDERLY SEQUENCE SO AS TO CAUSE NO DELAY IN WORK OR IN THE WORK OF ANY OTHERCONTRACTOR, ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SHOPDRAWINGS NOT STAMPED WITH CONTRACTOR APPROVAL WILL BE RETURNED FOR REPROCESSING. THESUBMITTALS WILL BE REVIEWED ONLY FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE AND NOT FOR DIMENSIONS, QUANTITIES,ETC.

3. IF THE SUBMITTAL SHOWS VARIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR ANYREASON, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MENTION OF SUCH VARIATION IN AN ELECTRIC LETTER OFTRANSMITTAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE IN RED ON THE SUBMITTAL ANY CHANGE IN DESIGN ORDIMENSION ON THE ITEMS SUBMITTED INCLUDING CHANGES MADE BY THE MANUFACTURER WHICH MAY DIFFERFROM CATALOG INFORMATION.

4. CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES THAT IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOPDRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN THE FORM OF DESIGN DRAWING ANDSPECIFICATIONS ARE DISCOVERED, EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSEDBY THE ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED.

5. THE SUBMITTALS THAT ARE RETURNED SHALL BE USED FOR PROCUREMENT. THE RESPONSIBILITY OFCORRECT PROCUREMENT REMAINS SOLELY WITH THE CONTRACTOR. THE SUBMITTAL REVIEW SHALL NOTRELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS AND DEVIATIONS FROM THECONTRACT REQUIREMENTS.

6. IN CHECKING SHOP DRAWINGS, THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER WILL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO DETECT ANDCORRECT ERRORS, OMISSIONS, AND INACCURACIES IN SUCH DRAWINGS. HOWEVER, FAILURE TO DETECTERRORS, OMISSIONS, AND INACCURACIES SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEPROPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

7. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGEORDERS; THAT THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TOTHE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN, THAT THEY DEMONSTRATE THEIRUNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THEY INTEND TO FURNISH AND INSTALL,AND BY DETAILING THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS THEY INTEND TO USE.

8. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE ALL DIMENSIONAL DATA FOR ALL PARTS OF THE ITEM, TYPES ANDMATERIALS FOR ALL CONNECTIONS, FINISHES, THE EXACT RELATION OF THE ITEM TO ADJACENT MATERIALSAND EQUIPMENT IN THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE INCLUDING CLEARANCE, ANY NECESSARY ISOLATION ANDFASTENING METHODS AND DEVICES AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.

9. SUBMIT NEWLY PREPARED INFORMATION, DRAWN TO ACCURATE SCALE. HIGHLIGHT, ENCIRCLE, OR OTHERWISEINDICATE DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DO NOT REPRODUCE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ORCOPY STANDARD INFORMATION AS THE BASIS OF SHOP DRAWINGS. STANDARD INFORMATION PREPAREDWITHOUT SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO THE PROJECT IS NOT CONSIDERED SHOP DRAWINGS AND WILL BE CAUSEFOR REJECTION.

10. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS FOLLOWS:

a. CONFORM TO SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN DIVISION 1 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS.

b. WHERE CONTENTS OF SUBMITTAL LITERATURE INCLUDE DATA NOT PERTINENT TO THE SUBMITTAL,CLEARLY INDICATE WHICH PORTION OF CONTENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW.

11. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, SETTING DIAGRAMS,SCHEDULES, PATTERNS, TEMPLATES AND SIMILAR DRAWINGS. ALSO, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:

a. DIMENSIONS.b. IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS INCLUDED.c. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS.d. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS.e. NOTATION OF DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT.

12. WHERE ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS OR OTHER DRAWINGS ARE SPECIFIED AS APART OF THE SUBMITTAL, THEY SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT THE SAME TIME WITH SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCTDATA. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

13. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL MATERIAL ITEMS AS OUTLINED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ANYDEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS MUST BE CLEARLY INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS ANDJUSTIFICATION FOR THEIR CONSIDERATION MUST BE INCLUDED.

14. APPROVAL OF SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT PRECLUDE REJECTION OF THOSE ITEMS UPON DISCOVERY OFDEFECTS IN THEM PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF COMPLETE WORK.

15. WHEN TWO OR MORE ITEMS OF THE SAME EQUIPMENT ARE REQUIRED (I.E. - LUMINAIRES, WIRING DEVICES,ETC.), EQUIPMENT ITEMS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.

16. SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) ELECTRONIC COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT. THE ARCHITECT

AND ENGINEER SHALL EACH RETAIN ONE (1) COPY AND RETURN THE REMAINDER TO THE CONTRACTOR WHOSHALL DISTRIBUTE COPIES AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY CONDUCT THE WORK, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS OFTHE OPERATING MANUAL.

17. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA INCLUDES:

a. POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENTb. WIRING DEVICESc. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICESd. LUMINAIRES, LAMPS, AND BALLASTSe. METER SOCKETS AND CT CABINET

B. DESIGN DRAWINGS

1. THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, AS SUBMITTED, ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EXACTLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUITS, ETC. UNLESS DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BESCALED. EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE INSTALLED ALONG THE GENERAL PLANS SHOWN ON THEDRAWINGS, BUT KEEPING IN MIND ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS WHICH MUST BE CONFIRMED WITHIN THEACTUAL WORK.

2. IF THIS CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SPACE CONDITIONS OTHER THAN THOSEAS SPECIFIED AND/OR SHOWN ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, OR TO REARRANGE THE EQUIPMENT, HE SHALLASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE REARRANGEMENT OF THE SPACE AND SHALL OBTAIN THE FULLAPPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

C. COORDINATION DRAWINGS

1. BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THEMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MARKED UP PRINTS INDICATING ALL ELECTRICAL WORK WHICH AFFECTS LOCATIONOF HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING PIPING, FIRE PROTECTION, AND DUCTWORK. REFERTO DIVISION 1 AND DIVISION 15 FOR RELATED WORK.

2. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: REFLECTED CEILING PLANS DRAWN TO SCALE AND COORDINATING PENETRATIONSAND CEILING-MOUNTED ITEMS. SHOW THE FOLLOWING:

a. CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY MEMBERS.b. METHOD OF ATTACHING HANGERS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.c. CEILING-MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNAGE, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, CCTV,

SPEAKERS, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.

D. RECORD DRAWINGS

1. EACH CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR FOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL KEEP ONE COMPLETE SET OF THECONTRACT WORKING DRAWINGS ON THE PROJECT SITE ON WHICH THEY SHALL RECORD ANY DEVIATIONS ORCHANGES FROM SUCH CONTRACT DRAWINGS MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. THESE CHANGES SHALL BEACCURATELY RECORDED IN RED INK ON THE PRINTS. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW CHANGES IN:

a. SIZE, TYPE, CAPACITY, ETC. OF ANY MATERIAL, DEVICE, OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.b. LOCATION OF ANY DEVICE OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.c. LOCATION OF ANY OUTLET OR DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED WIRING.d. ROUTING OF FEEDER CONDUITS.e. BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS.

2. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AND UNDAMAGED, AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY PURPOSEOTHER THAN RECORDING DEVIATIONS FROM WORKING DRAWINGS.

3. AFTER THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED, RECORD SETS OF DRAWINGS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE TENANT ANDBUILDING MANAGEMENT IN GOOD CONDITION, AS A PERMANENT RECORD OF THE INSTALLATION ASCONSTRUCTED. ALL COSTS FOR PRODUCTION, PRINTING, ETC. SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR ANDSHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID.

4. REFER TO DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO RECORD DRAWINGS.

5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL CHANGES FROM ORIGINAL DESIGN DRAWINGS WHICH WERE THEINSTALLATION OF THE WORK. THESE CHANGES SHALL BE RECORDED IN RED INK ON THE PRINTS. CHANGESSHALL BE ACCURATELY DIMENSIONED.

6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP AN UPDATED SET OF PRINTS, INCLUDING CHANGES, ON THE JOB SITE AT ALLTIMES AND SHALL SUBMIT ONE (1) SET OF UPDATED AND LEGIBLE "AS-BUILT" PRINTS TO THE ARCHITECT ORBEST OPTION WHEN THE WORK IS COMPLETE.

7. PREPARE RECORD DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1 SECTION “PROJECTCLOSEOUT.”

8. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1, INDICATE THE FOLLOWING INSTALLEDCONDITIONS (ACCURATELY DIMENSIONED):

a. CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, UNITS, DEVICES, ETC., REQUIRING PERIODIC MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR.

9. APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS, CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS AND ACTUAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED.EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS (EXPOSED AND CONCEALED), DIMENSIONED FROM PROMINENT BUILDING LINES.

1.13 OPERATING/ MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. PREPARE FOUR (4) COMPLETE BOUND SETS OF OPERATING/MAINTENANCE MANUALS IN ACCORDANCE WITHDIVISION 1 SECTION “PROJECT CLOSEOUT”. CONTAINING OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, ANDMANUFACTURER START-UP REPORTS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS.

B. SERVICE MANUALS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED INTO ONE VINYL COVERED THREE RING “D” TYPE BINDER WITH HARDCOVER AND WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SYSTEM LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.

C. WRITTEN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, EQUIPMENT CATALOG DATASHEETS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE ACCOMMODATED INTO 8-1/2" X 11" AND/OR 11' X 17' SIZE.EACH SECTION SHALL BE TABULATED AND INDEXED AS FOLLOWS:

1. FIRST PAGE --- TITLE OF PROJECT, OWNER, ADDRESS, DATE OF SUBMITTAL, NAME OF CONTRACTOR, AND NAMEOF ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

2. SECOND PAGE --- INDEX

3. FIRST SECTION --- WRITTEN DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM CONTENTS WHERE ACTUALLY LOCATED IN BUILDING,HOW EACH PART FUNCTIONS INDIVIDUALLY, AND HOW SYSTEM WORKS AS A WHOLE. CONCLUDE WITH A LISTOF ITEMS REQUIRING SERVICE AND EITHER STATE THE SERVICE NEEDED OR REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'SDATA IN THE BINDER THAT DESCRIBES THE PROPER SERVICE.

4. SECOND SECTION --- A COPY OF EACH SUBMITTAL DRAWING WITH AN INDEX AT THE BEGINNING OF THESECTION.

5. THIRD SECTION --- A COPY OF EACH MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS WITH AN INDEX AT THEBEGINNING OF THE SECTION, AND A COPY OF EACH MANUFACTURER'S START UP REPORT FOR (FIRE ALARM,ETC.)

6. FOURTH SECTION --- A COPY OF ALL TEST RESULTS, IN CHART FORM, PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR

7. FIFTH SECTION --- COPIES OF ALL WARRANTIES, APPROVALS, ETC.

D. SUBMIT ONE (1) COPY TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. AFTER APPROVAL, SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES TO THEARCHITECT FOR DELIVERY TO THE OWNER.

1.14 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. DELIVER PRODUCTS TO THE PROJECT PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH NAMES, MODEL NUMBERS, TYPES,COMPLIANCE LABELS AND SIMILAR INFORMATION NEEDED FOR IDENTIFICATION. MATERIALS MUST BE ADEQUATELYPACKAGED OR PROTECTED TO PREVENT DETERIORATION DURING SHIPMENT, STORAGE AND HANDLING.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PROVISIONS FOR THE DELIVERY AND SAFE STORAGE OF THEIR MATERIALS ANDEQUIPMENT IN COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVEREDAT SUCH STAGES OF THE WORK AS WILL EXPEDITE THE WORK AS A WHOLE AND SHALL BE MARKED AND STOREDIN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE EASILY CHECKED AND INSPECTED. THE ARRIVAL AND PLACING OF LARGE EQUIPMENTITEMS SHALL BE SCHEDULED EARLY ENOUGH TO PERMIT ENTRY AND SETTING WHEN THERE IS NO RESTRICTIONOR PROBLEM DUE TO SIZE AND WEIGHT.

C. MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED TO PROTECT THEM FROM INJURY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MATERIAL SHOULD NOTBE STORED DIRECTLY ON THE GROUND OR FLOOR AND SHALL BE KEPT AS CLEAN AND DRY AS POSSIBLE ANDFREE FROM DAMAGE OR DETERIORATING ELEMENTS.

D. IN GENERAL, DO NOT DELIVER ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO THE PROJECT SUBSTANTIALLY BEFORE THETIME OF INSTALLATION. LIMIT EACH SHIPMENT OF BULK AND MULTIPLE-USE MATERIALS TO THE QUANTITIESNEEDED FOR INSTALLATION WITHIN 3-WEEKS OF RECEIPT.

1.15 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY

A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFEGUARDING WORK, PROPERTY, AND FACILITIES AGAINSTDAMAGE, BOTH THEIR OWN AS WELL AS OTHERS, WITH WHICH THEY MAY COME INTO CONTACT IN THEPERFORMANCE OF THEIR WORK.

B. STORED MATERIALS SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE FROM WEATHER. PIPE AND DUCT OPENINGS SHALLBE CLOSED WITH CAPS OR PLUGS DURING INSTALLATION. ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COVEREDAND PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE. ANY MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGED AT ANY STAGE IN THECONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AND AT THE FINAL COMPLETION, ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACLEAN, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION.

C. FURNISH INFORMATION TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS TO SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL BUILT-IN OPENINGSREQUIRED. DO NOT CUT, REMOVE OR PIERCE: GENERAL OR MECHANICAL INSULATION; FIRE RATED WALLS ORCEILINGS; OR STEEL WORK; WITHOUT PRIOR PERMISSION AND INSTRUCTION.

1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. GENERAL: ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THIS BRANCH OF THE WORK SHALL BE THERESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR.

B. PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROCEDURES, SEPARATE PRIMES.”IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1, PERFORM CUTTING, FITTING AND PATCHING OFMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO:

1. INSTALL NEW WORK.2. UNCOVER WORK TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF ILL-TIMED WORK.3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK.4. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.5. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN EXISTING STRUCTURE.6. UPON WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ENGINEER, UNCOVER AND RESTORE WORK TO PROVIDE FOR

ENGINEER OBSERVATION OF CONCEALED WORK.

C. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK: DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS, PROTECT ADJACENTINSTALLATIONS.

D. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS OR DUST BARRIERS ADEQUATE TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OFDUST AND DIRT TO ADJACENT AREAS.

E. ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR THIS BRANCH OF WORK SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN TIME TO BE INCORPORATEDIN, AND BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM, OTHERWISE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BERESPONSIBLE AND PAY FOR ALL CHANGES MADE NECESSARY FOR THEIR FAILURE TO DO SO. PIPE HOLES INFLOORS AND WALLS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED.

1.17 FIRE STOPPING

A. ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF FIRE RATED FLOORS, SHAFTS AND WALLS SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED PRIOR TOFINISH PATCHING. ALL FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS SHALL BE U.L. "CLASSIFIED", INTUMESCING COMPOUND, DEVICE,OR SHEET RATED TO FUNCTION FOR THIS PURPOSE. ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED, ALLPENETRATIONS IN 1-HOUR, 2-HOUR, AND 3-HOUR FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR PARTITION ASSEMBLIES SHALLBE SEALED WITH 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER CAULK, CP-25, OR COMPOSITE SHEET CS-195, OR EQUIVALENT. ALLPENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL FIRE RESISTANCE VOLUME II.

1. CAULK P-25 FILL MATERIAL TO COMPLETELY FILL THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN THE INDIVIDUAL CONDUIT ANDGYPSUM WALLBOARD WITH A MINIMUM ¼” DIAMETER BEAD OF CAULK APPLIED TO THE PERIMETER OF CONDUIT(UL SYSTEM WL1001).

2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN A 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE. CAULK CP-25 FILL MATERIAL TOA DEPTH OF 1” COMPLETELY AROUND THE STEEL SLEEVE. A NOMINAL ¼” DIAMETER BEAD SHALL BE APPLIEDON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLE. A MINIMUM 1” THICKNESS OF MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION SHALL BEPACKED FIRMLY INTO THE STEEL SLEEVE ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY AS A PERMANENT FORM.PACKING MATERIAL SHALL BE RECESSED 5/8” FROM SURFACE OF WALL ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY.FILL RECESSED CAVITY WITH 1” OF CP-25 CAULK (UL SYSTEMS WL1016).

3. A MINIMUM 1” THICKNESS OF MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION SHALL BE PACKED FIRMLY INTO THE MAXIMUM2” ANNULAR SPACE AS A PERMANENT FORM. A MINIMUM OF 1” OF CP-25 CAULK SHALL FILL THE RECESSEDCAVITY, (FOR WALLS, THIS SHALL BE APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL) (UL SYSTEM CAJ1044).

4. COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECS FOR ALL EXACT MATERIAL AND RATINGS ANDEXACT DETAILS FOR FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS PER ALL NFPA AND UL REQUIREMENTS.

1.18 INTERFERENCES

A. BEFORE INSTALLING ANY WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SEE THAT IT DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH CLEARANCEREQUIRED FOR LIGHTS, CONDUIT, AND CEILINGS AND FOR FINISH ON BEAMS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, WALLS OROTHER STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL MEMBERS, AS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS. IF ANY WORK IS SOINSTALLED AND IT LATER DEVELOPS THAT ORIGINAL DESIGN CANNOT BE FOLLOWED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL,AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, MAKE SUCH CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS ARCHITECT MAY DIRECT TO PERMIT COMPLETION OFWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

B. INSTALL ADDITIONAL OFFSETS ON PIPING OR DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM HEADROOM ORTO AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER WORK WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.

1.19 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE

A. REPORT ANY INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION AND THAT OF ANY OTHER CONTRACTORS TOARCHITECT AND ENGINEERS AS SOON AS THEY ARE DISCOVERED. ARCHITECT WILL DETERMINE WHICHEQUIPMENT SHALL BE RELOCATED, REGARDLESS OF WHICH WAS FIRST INSTALLED, AND HIS DECISION SHALL BEFINAL.


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:20 PM

E4.00ELECTRICAL

SPECIFICATIONSSHEET 1

21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


1.20 WORKMANSHIP

A. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST PRACTICES OF THE TRADE AND IN A WORK LIKEMANNER AND SHALL NEAT AND RECTILINEAR TO FINISHES.

B. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY JOURNEYMEN ELECTRICIANS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF ACOMPETENT FOREMAN.

1.21 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

A. BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT, DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, & ENGINEER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPEROPERATION OF EACH OF THE SYSTEMS COMPRISING THIS CONTRACT.

B. INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS.

C. DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL SPECIAL TOOLS AND APPURTENANCES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEOF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND REQUEST RECEIPT FOR SAME. ATTACH TO THE CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FORFINAL PAYMENT.

1.22 CLEANING AND FINISHING

A. GENERAL: FOLLOW THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROJECT CLOSEOUT."

B. IN SO FAR AS THIS DIVISION IS CONCERNED, AT ALL TIMES KEEP PREMISES AND BUILDING IN A NEAT AND ORDERLYCONDITION, FOLLOW EXPLICITLY ANY INSTRUCTIONS OF ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER AND OWNER IN REGARD TOSTORING OF MATERIALS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES, CLEANING-UP OF DEBRIS, ETC.

C. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT LEAVINGEVERYTHING IN WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THIS COMPLETED THEIR WORK. CLEAN LUMINAIRES,OUTLET BOX PLATES, PANEL AND CABINET INTERIORS AND EXTERIORS, ETC., OF DIRT, DUST, DEBRIS, PAINT, ETC.

1.23 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES

A. WARRANT THAT EQUIPMENT AND ALL WORK IS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICEAND THAT ALL EQUIPMENT WILL MEET REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. ANY EQUIPMENT FAILING TO PERFORM ORFUNCTION AS SPECIFIED SHALL BE REPLACED WITH COMPLYING EQUIPMENT WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER.

B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTS OF ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND THE COMPLETEOPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS INSTALLED BY THEM FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THEDATE OF THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE WORK AND SHALL GUARANTEE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE AT THEIROWN EXPENSE ANY PART OF THE APPARATUS WHICH MAY SHOW DEFECT DURING THAT TIME PROVIDED SUCHDEFECT IS, IN THE OPINION OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER, DUE TO IMPERFECT MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIPAND NOT TO CARELESSNESS OR IMPROPER USE.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RACEWAYS

A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE ELECTRO-GALVANIZED AND MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCEWITH ANSI C80.3.

B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) SHALL CONSIST OF CONTINUOUS LENGTHS OF SPIRALLY WOUND ANDINTERLOCKED GALVANIZED STEEL, MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALCONDUIT (LFMC) SHALL BE USED IN WET LOCATIONS.

C. CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON WITH INTERNALBONDING ASSEMBLY.

D. PROVIDE THREADED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS WITH INSULATED THROATS;MANUFACTURED ELBOWS; LOCKNUTS; AND PLASTIC OR BAKELITE BUSHINGS AT TERMINATIONS, AS NECESSARY.COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE GLAND AND RING COMPRESSION OR STAINLESS STEEL MULTIPLE POINTLOCKING OR STEEL CONCRETE-TIGHT SET SCREW. COMPRESSION COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS SHALL FORMPOSITIVE GROUND. SET-SCREW CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL HAVE WALL THICKNESS EQUAL TOCONDUIT, CASE-HARDENED, HEX-HEAD SCREWS AND SEPARATE GROUND WIRE. BUSHINGS FOR RIGID STEEL ANDCONNECTORS FOR EMT SHALL HAVE INSULATING INSERTS THAT MEET REQUIREMENTS OF UL 514 FLAME TEST.

E. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER FOR METALLIC RACEWAY SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. ALFLEX2. ELECTRI-FLEX3. GRINNEL CO.4. O-Z GEDNEY

2.2 OUTLET BOXES

A. OUTLET BOXES ON CONCEALED WORK SHALL BE AT LEAST 4" SQUARE OR OCTAGONAL, GALVANIZED PRESSEDSTEEL WITH PLASTER RINGS AS REQUIRED. OUTLET BOXES FOR EXPOSED CONDUIT WORK SHALL BE CASTALUMINUM ALLOY WITH CAST ALUMINUM ALLOY COVERS.

B. WHERE INSTALLED IN PLASTER, BOXES SHALL BE FITTED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL PLASTER COVERS OFREQUIRED DEPTH TO FINISH FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL OR CEILING.

C. SWITCH BOXES, RECEPTACLE BOXES AND OTHER OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE STANDARD 4" SQUARE WITH PLASTERRINGS OR GANG COVER AS REQUIRED.

D. OUTLET BOXES FOR VARIOUS SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENTMANUFACTURER.

E. PROVIDE ONLY ENOUGH CONDUIT OPENINGS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUITS AT INDIVIDUAL LOCATION. EACH BOXSHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE NUMBER AND SIZES OF CONDUITS, WIRES AND SPLICES TO MEETNEC REQUIREMENTS, BUT SHALL BE AT LEAST SIZE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. NECESSARY VOLUME SHALL BEOBTAINED BY USING BOXES OF PROPER DIMENSIONS.

2.3 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES

A. PROVIDE CODE GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES FOR CONDUIT 1-1/4" TRADE SIZE ANDLARGER, WHERE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION, OF REQUIRED DIMENSIONS, WITH ACCESSIBLE,REMOVABLE SCREW-ON COVERS. PROVIDE JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES IN SPECIAL SIZES AND SHAPESDETERMINED IN FIELD WHERE NECESSARY.

B. JUNCTION BOX COVERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. DO NOT INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGSEXCEPT WHERE CEILING IS REMOVABLE OR WHERE ACCESS PANEL IS PROVIDED.

C. PULL BOXES SHALL BE SUPPORTED ADEQUATELY TO MAINTAIN SHAPE. LARGER BOXES SHALL HAVE STRUCTURALSTEEL BRACING WELDED INTO RIGID ASSEMBLY FORMED ADEQUATELY TO MAINTAIN ALIGNMENT IN SHIPMENT ANDINSTALLATION. SECURE COVERS WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT SCREWS.

1. PULL BOXES EXPOSED TO RAIN OR IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF.

2. PROVIDE CLAMPS, GRIDS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES TO SECURE CABLES WITHIN PULL BOX. NO CABLESHALL BE UNSUPPORTED FOR MORE THAN 30".

3. PULL BOXES CONNECTED TO CONCEALED CONDUITS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH COVERS FLUSH WITH FINISHEDWALL OR CEILING.

2.4 CONDUCTORS AND CABLE

A. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE NEW, 600V, 90C, TYPE XHHW, THHN, OR THWN INSULATION, COPPER, OF SIZES SPECIFIEDAND SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, FOR SECONDARY SERVICE, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS.

B. METAL CLAD CABLE SHALL BE 600 V COPPER WITH FULL-SIZED INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR. USE ISRESTRICTED BY REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH ENTITLED WIRING METHODS IN PART 3 OF THIS SECTION.MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 12-AWG UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.

C. CONDUCTORS 10-AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED; 12-AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID.

D. MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUITS AND SIGNAL WIRING MAY BE 14-AWG IF NEC REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. BRANCHCIRCUITS LONGER THAN 75' FOR 120 V AND 175' FOR 277 V SHALL BE AT LEAST 10-AWG FROM PANEL TO LASTOUTLET.

E. WIRING WITHIN LUMINAIRES AND OTHER HIGH-TEMPERATURE EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE 150°C INSULATION ASREQUIRED BY NEC.

F. MAKE SPLICES IN BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING WITH UL-LISTED, SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS RATED 600 V, OF SIZESAND TYPES REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WITH TEMPERATURE RATINGS EQUAL TO THOSEOF WIRES. SPLICE CONNECTORS SHALL BE SCREW-ON. INSULATE SPLICES WITH INTEGRAL COVERS OR WITHPLASTIC OR RUBBER FRICTION TAPE TO PRESERVE CHARACTERISTICS OF WIRE AND CABLE INSULATION.

G. MAKE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES FOR CONDUCTORS 6-AWG AND LARGER WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT,HIGH-CONDUCTIVITY PRESSURE INDENT, HEX SCREW OR BOLT-CLAMP CONNECTORS, WITH OR WITHOUTTONGUES, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR INTENDED SERVICE. CONNECTORS FOR CABLES 250 KCMIL AND LARGER

SHALL HAVE TWO CLAMPING ELEMENTS OR COMPRESSION INDENTS. TERMINALS FOR BUS CONNECTIONS SHALLHAVE TWO BOLT HOLES.

H. AMPACITY OF SPLICES AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THOSE OF ASSOCIATED WIRES AND CABLES.

2.5 COLOR CODING

A. COLOR CODE SECONDARY SERVICE, FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS:

208Y/120 VOLT: PHASE A: BLACK PHASE B: RED

NEUTRAL: WHITE GROUND: GREEN

B. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS 12-AWG AND 10-AWG SHALL HAVE SOLID COLOR COMPOUND, SOLID COLORCOATING. NEUTRALS AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDS SHALL HAVE SOLID COMPOUND OR SOLID COLOR COATING(WHITE, GRAY AND GREEN).

C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER FOR WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. AMERICAN INSULATED WIRE CORP.; A LEVITON COMPANY2. SENATOR WIRE & CABLE COMPANY3. SOUTHWIRE COMPANY

2.6 WIRE PULLING EQUIPMENT

A. PROVIDE POLYETHYLENE ROPES FOR PULLING WIRE.

B. PROVIDE FISH WIRES IN TELEPHONE CONDUITS AND OTHER EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS REQUIRED, WITHOUTSPLICES AND WITH AMPLE EXPOSED LENGTHS AT EACH END.

C. PROVIDE WIRE PULLING LUBRICANTS THAT MEET APPLICABLE UL REQUIREMENTS AS NECESSARY.

2.7 WIRING DEVICES

RECEPTACLES

A. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES

STRAIGHT BLADE CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE DEVICES SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATIONGRADE AND SHALL AT A MINIMUM INCORPORATE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES AND BENEFITS. COLOR BYARCHITECT.

1. RECEPTACLES, 20 A, 125V, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE WITH SELF GROUNDING FEATURE: COMPLY WITHNEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 CONFIGURATION 5-20R, AND UL 498.

B. GFCI RECEPTACLES:

STRAIGHT BLADE GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE DEVICES SHALL BE, NON-FEED-THROUGH TYPE. COMPLY WITHNEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, AND UL 943, CLASS A, GROUP I SOLID STATE SENSING AND SIGNALING WITH FIVE(5) MILLI-AMPERE FAULT TRIP LEVEL AND INCLUDE INDICATOR LIGHT THAT IS LIGHTED WHEN DEVICE IS TRIPPED.

1. DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLES, 20 A, 125V, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE WITH SELF GROUNDING FEATURE.

SWITCHES

A. AC TOGGLE SWITCHES

AC TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL (COMMERCIAL) SPECIFICATION GRADE QUIETTYPE, AND SHALL AT A MINIMUM INCORPORATE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES AND BENEFITS AND COMPLY WITHNEMA WD1 AND U.L. 20

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS/DEVICE NUMBERS FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES:

RECEPTACLES - INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADEHUBBELL COOPER

CONVENIENCE HBL5362 5362 GFCI GFR5362 GF20

AC SWITCHES 201, 120/277 VAC

AC SWITCHES - INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE TOGGLE TYPEHUBBELL COOPER LEVITON

SINGLE POLE HBL1201 2221 1221-2 THREE-WAY HBL1203 2223 1223-2 FOUR-WAY HBL1204 2224 1224-2

OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS

A. WALL-SWITCH SENSORS DESCRIPTION: MULTI-TECHNOLOGY (ULTRA SONIC AND INFRARED) ADAPTIVETECHNOLOGY TYPE, 120/277 V, ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY UP TO 30 MINUTES, 180-DEGREE FIELD OF VIEW, WITH AMINIMUM COVERAGE AREA OF 1200 SQ. FT. AND INTEGRAL BLINDERS.

B. CEILING MOUNTED SENSORS DESCRIPTION: MULTI-TECHNOLOGY (ULTRA SONIC AND INFRARED), ADJUSTABLETIME DELAY UP TO 30 MINUTES, 360-DEGREE FIELD OF VIEW, WITH A MINIMUM COVERAGE AREA OF 2000 SQ. FT.

C. ADJUSTMENTS

1. ADJUST WALL MOUNTED SENSORS “TIME-OUT” SETTING TO “A” AUTO2. ADJUST WALL MOUNTED SENSORS HORIZONTAL FILED BLINDERS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT FALSE TRIPPING.3. ADJUST ALL SENSORS AMBIENT LIGHT LEVELS TO THEIR MAXIMUM LIGHT LEVEL SETTING.4. ALL SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURES INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION.

INSTALLATION

A. WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES

1. SINGLE AND COMBINATION TYPES TO MATCH CORRESPONDING WIRING DEVICES.

a. SMOOTH HIGH-IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL FOR FINISHED SPACES:b GALVANIZED STEEL MATERIAL FOR UNFINISHED SPACES:c. VOICE/DATA JACKS SHALL UTILIZE THE SAME TYPE OF PLATE USED FOR RECEPTACLESd. DEVICES PLATES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICE.e. DEVICE/PLATE COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.

B. RECEPTACLE ORIENTATION:

1. INSTALL GROUND PIN OF VERTICALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES UP AND ON HORIZONTALLY MOUNTEDRECEPTACLES TO THE RIGHT.

C. DO NOT USE OVERSIZED OR EXTRA-DEEP PLATES. REPAIR WALL FINISHES AND REMOUNT OUTLET BOXES WHENSTANDARD DEVICE PLATES DO NOT FIT FLUSH OR DO NOT COVER ROUGH WALL OPENING.

D. ARRANGEMENT OF DEVICES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, MOUNT FLUSH, WITH LONG DIMENSION VERTICALGROUP ADJACENT SWITCHES UNDER A SINGLE, MULTI-GANG WALL PLATE.

2.8 WIRING DEVICE PLATES

A. PROVIDE TYPE AND COLOR AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT.

B. VOICE/DATA OUTLET PLATES SHALL BE SAME AS USED FOR RECEPTACLES.

C. DEVICE PLATES SHALL BE BY MANUFACTURER OF WIRING DEVICES.

D. OUTLETS SHALL BE FLUSH TO SURFACE.

2.9 LUMINAIRES

A. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AS LISTED IN LUMINAIRESCHEDULE, AND AS SPECIFIED, WIRED AND ASSEMBLED. PROVIDE APPROVED ALIGNERS, CANOPIES, HANGERSAND OTHER APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONSAND N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS.

B. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC LAMP AND BALLAST TYPE AND MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.

C. PROVIDE POLYESTER COVERS TO PROTECT FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES WITH LOUVERS, BASKETS, OR LENSESDURING CONSTRUCTION.

2.10 FUSIBLE SWITCHES

A. MANUFACTURERS

1. CUTLER HAMMER2. ABB/GE

B. QUICK-MAKE/QUICK-BREAK FUSIBLE SWITCHES

1. PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE QUICK-MAKE/QUICK-BREAK FUSIBLE SWITCHES AS MANUFACTURED BYCUTLER HAMMER TYPE FDP. FUSIBLE SWITCHES 30 AMPERES THROUGH 600 AMPERES FRAMES SHALL BEFURNISHED WITH REJECTION CLASS "R" OR "J" TYPE FUSE CLIPS UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED. FUSIBLESWITCHES 800 AMPERES THROUGH 1200 AMPERES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH CLASS "L" FUSE CLIPS.SWITCHES SHALL INCORPORATE SAFETY COVER INTERLOCKS TO PREVENT OPENING THE COVER WITH THESWITCH IN THE "ON" POSITION OR PREVENT PLACING THE SWITCH IN THE "ON" POSITION WITH THE COVEROPEN. PROVIDE DEFEATER FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. ANDLES SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR PADLOCKINGAND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE "ON" OR "OFF" POSITION. FRONT COVER DOORS SHALL BE PADLOCKABLE INTHE CLOSED POSITION.

C. WARNING LABEL

1. PROVIDE ARC-FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL FOR EACH SWITCH PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (N.E.C.)ARTICLE 110.16.

PHASE C: BLUE


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:23 PM

E4.01ELECTRICAL


21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA


2.11

PANELBOARDS

A. MANUFACTURERS

1. CUTLER HAMMER2. ABB/GE3. SQUARE D4. SEIMENS

THE LISTING OF SPECIFIC MANUFACTURERS ABOVE DOES NOT IMPLY ACCEPTANCE OF THEIRPRODUCTS THAT DO NOT MEET THE SPECIFIED RATINGS, FEATURES AND FUNCTIONS.MANUFACTURERS LISTED ABOVE ARE NOT RELIEVED FROM MEETING THESE SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIRENTIRETY. PRODUCTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATION AND MANUFACTURED BY OTHERSNOT NAMED WILL BE CONSIDERED ONLY IF PRE-APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TOBID DATE.

B. RATINGS

1. PANELBOARDS RATED 240V AC OR LESS SHALL HAVE SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS AS SHOWN ONTHE DRAWINGS OR AS HEREIN SCHEDULED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 10,000 AMPERES RMSSYMMETRICAL.

2. PANELBOARDS RATED 480V AC OR LESS SHALL HAVE SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS AS SHOWN ONTHE DRAWINGS OR AS HEREIN SCHEDULED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 14,000 AMPERES RMSSYMMETRICAL.

3. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH A UL SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING. WHEN SERIES RATINGSARE APPLIED WITH INTEGRAL OR REMOTE UPSTREAM DEVICES, A LABEL OR MANUAL SHALL BEPROVIDED. IT SHALL STATE THE CONDITIONS OF THE UL SERIES RATINGS INCLUDING:

a. SIZE AND TYPE OF UPSTREAM DEVICEb. UL RECOGNIZED BRANCH DEVICES THAT CAN BE USEDc. UL SERIES SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING.

C. CONSTRUCTION

1. INTERIORS SHALL BE COMPLETELY FACTORY ASSEMBLED DEVICES. THEY SHALL BE DESIGNEDSUCH THAT SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES CAN BE REPLACED WITHOUT DISTURBINGADJACENT UNITS AND WITHOUT REMOVING THE MAIN BUS CONNECTORS.

2. TRIMS FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A HINGED DOOR OVERALL CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLES. DOORS IN PANELBOARD TRIMS SHALL NOT UNCOVER ANY LIVEPARTS. DOORS SHALL HAVE A SEMI FLUSH CYLINDER LOCK AND CATCH ASSEMBLY. DOORSOVER 48 INCHES IN HEIGHT SHALL HAVE AUXILIARY FASTENERS.

3. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD TRIMS SHALL COVER ALL LIVE PARTS. SWITCHING DEVICE HANDLESSHALL BE ACCESSIBLE.

4. SURFACE TRIMS SHALL BE SAME HEIGHT AND WIDTH AS BOX. FLUSH TRIMS SHALL OVERLAPTHE BOX BY 3/4 OF AN INCH ON ALL SIDES.

5. A DIRECTORY CARD WITH A CLEAR PLASTIC COVER SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND MOUNTED ON THEINSIDE OF EACH DOOR.

6. ALL LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED ALIKE.

D. BUS

1. MAIN BUS BARS SHALL BE TIN-PLATED ALUMINUM SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL STANDARDSTO LIMIT TEMPERATURE RISE ON ANY CURRENT CARRYING PART TO A MAXIMUM OF 65 DEGREESC ABOVE AN AMBIENT OF 40 DEGREES C MAXIMUM.

2. A SYSTEM GROUND BUS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN ALL PANELS.

3. FULL-SIZE (100%-RATED) INSULATED NEUTRAL BARS SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR PANELBOARDSSHOWN WITH NEUTRAL. BUS BAR TAPS FOR PANELS WITH SINGLE-POLE BRANCHES SHALL BEARRANGED FOR SEQUENCE PHASING OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICES. NEUTRAL BUSINGSHALL HAVE A SUITABLE LUG FOR EACH OUTGOING FEEDER AND/OR BRANCH CIRCUITREQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONNECTION.

E. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS (PANELS RATED 600A OR MORE)

1. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE MAIN DEVICES AND BRANCH BREAKERS ASINDICATED ON DRAWINGS.

2. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS WITH BOLT-ON DEVICES CONTAINED THEREIN SHALL HAVEINTERRUPTING RATINGS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY RATED.

3. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INVERSE TIME ANDINSTANTANEOUS TRIPPING CHARACTERISTICS. ADJUSTABLE MAGNETIC TRIP SETTINGS SHALLBE PROVIDED FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAME SIZES 400 AMPERES AND LARGER.

4. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OPERATED BY A TOGGLE-TYPE HANDLE AND SHALL HAVE AQUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK OVER-CENTER SWITCHING MECHANISM THAT IS MECHANICALLYTRIP-FREE. AUTOMATIC TRIPPING OF THE BREAKER SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED BY THEHANDLE POSITION. CONTACTS SHALL BE NONWELDING SILVER ALLOY AND ARC EXTINCTIONSHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF DE-ION ARC CHUTES.

5. FOR 600A RATED PANELS, PANEL SHALL BE ABLE TO ACCEPT 225A BRANCH BREAKER AT AMINIMUM. FOR 800A AND ABOVE RATED PANELS, PANEL SHALL BE ABLE TO ACCEPT 400ABRANCH BREAKERS AT A MINIMUM.

F. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS

1. THE MINIMUM SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE ASSPECIFIED HEREIN OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLYRATED.

2. BOLT-ON TYPE, HEAVY-DUTY, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK, SINGLE AND MULTI-POLE CIRCUITBREAKERS OF THE TYPES SPECIFIED HEREIN, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH CIRCUIT WITHTOGGLE HANDLES THAT INDICATE WHEN UNIT HAS TRIPPED.

3. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL-MAGNETIC TYPE WITH COMMON TYPE HANDLE FOR ALLMULTIPLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE MINIMUM 100-AMPEREFRAME AND THROUGH 100-AMPERE TRIP SIZES SHALL TAKE UP THE SAME POLE SPACING.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE UL LISTED AS TYPE 'SWD' FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS, AND UL LISTEDAS TYPE 'HACR' FOR HEATING, AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT.

a. CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLE LOCKS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL CIRCUITS THAT SUPPLY EXITSIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ENERGY MANAGEMENT, AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) PANELSAND FIRE ALARM PANELS.

4. BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM INTERRUPTING RATING OF 10,000 AMPERESSYMMETRICAL AT 240 VOLTS AND 14,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL AT 480 VOLTS.

H. ENCLOSURE

1. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AT LEAST 24 INCHES WIDE X 10 INCHES DEEP, MADE FROM GALVANIZEDSTEEL. ROVIDE MINIMUM GUTTER SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICALCODE. WHERE FEEDER CABLES SUPPLYING THE MAINS OF A PANEL ARE CARRIED THROUGH ITSBOX TO SUPPLY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, THE BOX SHALL BE SIZED TO INCLUDE THEADDITIONAL REQUIRED WIRING SPACE. AT LEAST FOUR INTERIOR MOUNTING STUDS WITHADJUSTABLE NUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED.

2. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLANK ENDS.

3. EXTERIOR MOUNTED PANELBOARD SHALL BE NEMA 3R AND RATED FOR EXTERIORAPPLICATIONS

I. SERVICE ENTRANCE LABEL

1. EQUIPMENT WITH MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH(ES) SHALL BE UL LABELED FOR USE ASSERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT.

J. FUTURE DEVICES

1. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY PROVISIONED WITH ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING BRACKETS, BUSCONNECTIONS AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF FUTURE DEVICES.

K. ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES

1. PROVIDE ACCESSORY SET INCLUDING TOOLS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOROVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE TEST, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION.

L. NAMEPLATES

1. PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR EACH PANEL SECTION.

M. WARNING LABEL

1. PROVIDE ARC-FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL FOR EACH PANEL SECTION PER NATIONALELECTRIC CODE (N.E.C.) ARTICLE 110.16.

N. FINISH

1. SURFACES OF THE TRIM ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEANED, PRIMED, AND A FINISH COATOF GRAY ANSI 61 PAINT APPLIED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TESTING, INSPECTION, AND CLEANING

A. TEST WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE EQUIPMENT ISCONNECTED; DEMONSTRATE INSULATION RESISTANCE BY MEGGER TEST AS REQUIRED.INSULATION RESISTANCE BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND GROUNDS FOR SECONDARY DISTRIBUTIONSSYSTEMS SHALL MEET NEC REQUIREMENTS.

B. VERIFY AND CORRECT AS NECESSARY: VOLTAGES, TAP SETTINGS, TRIP SETTINGS AND PHASING ONEQUIPMENT FROM SECONDARY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO POINTS OF USE. TEST SECONDARYVOLTAGES AT BUS IN MAIN SWITCHBOARD, AT PANELBOARDS, AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS ONDISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AS NECESSARY. TEST SECONDARY VOLTAGES UNDER NO-LOAD ANDFULL-LOAD CONDITIONS.

C. TEST LUMINAIRES WITH SPECIFIED LAMPS IN PLACE FOR 10 HOURS. DO NOT OPERATE LAMPSOTHER THAN FOR TESTING BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION BY ARCHITECT. REPLACE LAMPS THAT FAILWITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.

D. PROVIDE NECESSARY TESTING EQUIPMENT AND TESTING.

E. FAILURE OR DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS REVEALED BY TESTS OR INSPECTIONSHALL BE CORRECTED PROMPTLY AND RETESTED. REPLACE DEFECTIVE MATERIAL.

F. CLEAN PANELS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. PANELBOARD INTERIORS SHALL BE CLEANED ANDVACUUMED. EQUIPMENT WITH DAMAGE TO PAINTED FINISH SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ARCHITECT'SSATISFACTION.

3.2 NAMEPLATES

A. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, JUNCTION BOXES AND CABINETS, ANDFOR SPECIAL PURPOSE SWITCHES, MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES, REMOTE CONTROL STATIONS,STARTERS OR OTHER CONTROLS FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. NAMEPLATESSHALL DESIGNATE EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED AND FUNCTION.

3.3 ACCESS AND ACCESS PANELS

A. PROVIDE PROPER ACCESS TO MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE INSPECTION,REPLACEMENT, REPAIR OR SERVICE AND COORDINATE THEIR DELIVERY WITH THE INSTALLINGTRADE. IF PROPER ACCESS CANNOT BE PROVIDED, CONFER WITH ARCHITECT AS TO BEST METHODOF APPROACH TO MINIMIZE EFFECTS OF REDUCED ACCESS.

B. ACCESS PANELS SHALL HAVE SAME FIRE RATING CLASSIFICATION AS SURFACE PENETRATED.

C. PANELS SHALL BE AT LEAST 12" X 12"; ACCESS PANELS AT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 18" X 18".

3.4 WIRING METHODS

A. ALL RACEWAYS, CABLE ASSEMBLIES, BOXES, CABINETS, FITTINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SECURED ANDSUPPORTED IN ALL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 300.11.

B. INSTALL WIRE AND CABLE AS SPECIFIED AND AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVINGJURISDICTION. ALL CONDUITS OR RACEWAYS SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE, EXCEPTFOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. PROVIDE STAND-OFF CLIPS WHERECONDUITS ARE INSTALLED ON MASONRY WALLS.

C. RUN CONCEALED CONDUIT IN AS DIRECT LINES AS POSSIBLE WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF BENDS OFLONGEST POSSIBLE RADIUS. RUN CONDUIT PARALLEL TO OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO BUILDING LINESTIGHT TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.

D. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS FROM SERVICEENTRANCE TO OUTLETS. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER AND BE SECURED TO CABINET, JUNCTION BOX,PULL BOX OR OUTLET BOX WITH LOCKNUT OUTSIDE AND BUSHING INSIDE.

E. ALL RACEWAY SHALL BE 3/4" TRADE SIZE MINIMUM, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR ASREQUIRED BY THE NEC AND SHALL CONTAIN AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. PROVIDEINSERTS, HANGERS, ANCHORS AND STEEL SUPPORTS AS NECESSARY.

F. INSTALL CONDUIT SYSTEMS COMPLETE BEFORE DRAWING IN CONDUCTORS. BLOW THROUGH ANDSWAB AFTER PLASTER IS FINISHED AND DRY, AND BEFORE CONDUCTORS ARE INSTALLED.

G. WIRE FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO RECEPTACLES, LUMINAIRES, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SLACK WIRE FORCONNECTIONS.

H. CONDUCTORS 10-AWG AND SMALLER IN BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, SIGNAL CABINETS,SIGNAL CONTROL BOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SHALL BE BUNDLED.CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN 10-AWG IN SWITCHBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, AND PULLBOXES SHALL BE CABLED IN INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS.

I. FOLLOW HOMERUN CIRCUIT NUMBERS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO CONNECT CIRCUITS TOPANELBOARDS. CONNECT EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN WITH TWO OR MORE CIRCUITS ANDCOMMON NEUTRAL TO CIRCUIT BREAKER OR SWITCH IN THREE-WIRE OR FOUR-WIRE BRANCHCIRCUIT PANELBOARD SO THAT NO TWO CIRCUITS ARE FED FROM SAME BUS. WHERE PANELBOARDCABINETS ARE RECESSED, PROVIDE CONDUITS WITH SUFFICIENT CAPACITY FOR FUTURECONDUCTORS FOR SPARE BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND SPACES IN PANELBOARD;STUB UP CONCEALED TO JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE EXTENSIONS ABOVE CEILING.

J. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) MAY BE USED FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS ABOVE GRADE,WHERE PERMITTED BY CODES, FOR LUMINAIRE AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS, TELEPHONE,INTER-COMMUNICATIONS, SIGNAL AND INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUITS, AND FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS.EMT MAY BE USED ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS, IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS, IN MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALCHASES AND CLOSETS, IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS ALONG CEILINGS OR WALLS ABOVE NORMALTRAFFIC LEVEL AND WHERE NOT SUBJECT TO ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE OR ABUSE.

K. INSTALL CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS. COMPRESSIONFITTINGS SHALL BE USED IN AREAS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE.

L. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTAND TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER DIVISIONS 14 AND 15 THAT ARE SUBJECT TO MOVEMENTAND VIBRATION. FMC SHALL BE LIMITED TO LENGTHS OF 6 FEET AND SHALL CONTAIN GROUNDINGCONDUCTOR.

M. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLE NOT IN CONDUIT AND INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE U.L.LISTED PLENUM TYPE CABLE.

N. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTANT RATED WALLS,PARTITIONS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING U.L. APPROVED METHODS PERMANUFACTURES GUIDELINES (HILTI FIRE STOP SYSTEMS OR 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS) TOMAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF STRUCTURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGSFOR FIRE RATINGS REQUIREMENTS TO BE MAINTAINED.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES

A. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CEILING CONSTRUCTION TYPES, HEIGHTS,CEILING SPACE CLEARANCES, ETC. WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIREPROTECTION PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS. PROVIDE PROPER FRAMES, ROUGH-IN KITS, TRIMRINGS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, N.E.C. REQUIRED ACCESS, ANCILLARY ACCRESSORIES, ETC. FOR ACOMPLETE N.E.C. AND U.L. LISTED INSTALLATION PER ALL MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.

B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES WITH ALL TRADES AND THE INSTALLATION OFCEILING MATERIALS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS.

C. DO NOT INSTALL LUMINAIRES UNTIL WORK OF OTHER TRADES THAT MAY DAMAGE LUMINAIRES ISCOMPLETED.

D. INVESTIGATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS AND SUPPORTS TO ENSURE THAT NO INTERFERENCE EXISTSWITH HANGERS, DUCTS, SPRINKLERS, PIPES AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT.

E. PROVIDE PROPER PLASTER FRAMES FOR LUMINAIRES RECESSED IN GYPSUM BOARD OR PLASTERCEILING.

F. DO NOT SUSPEND OR SUPPORT LUMINAIRES OR SAFETY CHAINS FROM HUNG CEILING, CONDUIT ORDUCT. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES FROM STRUCTURAL BUILDING MEMBERS ONLY.

G. FRAMING MEMBERS OF SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS USED TO SUPPORT LUMINAIRES SHALL BESECURELY FASTENED TO EACH OTHER AND SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDINGSTRUCTURE AT APPROPRIATE INTERVALS. LUMINAIRES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THECEILING FRAMING MEMBER BY MECHANICAL MEANS SUCH AS BOLTS, SCREWS, OR RIVETS. LISTEDCLIPS IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH THE TYPE OF CEILING FRAMING MEMBER(S) AND LUMINAIRE(S)SHALL ALSO BE PERMITTED PER N.E.C. 2008 ARTICLE 410.36(B).

H. PROVIDE STRUT BELOW DUCTS WHERE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS COINCIDE WITH DUCT RUNS.PROVIDE A COMPLETE THREADED ROD SYSTEM TO SUPPORT STRUT.

I. PATCH ALL EXISTING SPRAY-ON FIREPROOFING DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION.

J. SUPPORT SURFACE-MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AT LEAST TWO CONCEALED POINTS TO PREVENTROTATION.

K. LOCATE CEILING AND WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTEDCEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS.

3.6 GROUNDING

A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. EQUIPMENT GROUNDINGSYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED SO METALLIC STRUCTURES, ENCLOSURES, RACEWAYS, JUNCTIONBOXES, OUTLET BOXES, CABINETS, MACHINE FRAMES, PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND OTHERCONDUCTIVE ITEMS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY WITH ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY ATGROUND POTENTIAL AND PROVIDE LOW IMPEDANCE PATH FOR POSSIBLE GROUND FAULTCURRENTS.

B. SYSTEM SHALL MEET NEC REQUIREMENTS, MODIFIED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED.

C. PROVIDE SEPARATE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FOR EACH BRANCHCIRCUIT. INSTALL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN COMMON CONDUIT WITH RELATED PHASE ORNEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, OR BOTH. PARALLEL FEEDERS INSTALLED IN MORE THAN ONE RACEWAYSHALL HAVE INDIVIDUAL FULL SIZE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS.

D. DETERMINE NUMBERS AND SIZES OF SCREW TERMINALS FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING BARS INPANELBOARDS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SCREW TERMINALS FOR ACTIVECIRCUITS, SPARES AND SPACES.

E. PROVIDE GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN NONMETALLIC CONDUITS OR DUCTSUNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.

3.7 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT SYSTEM

A. PROVIDE SYSTEM OF EMPTY CONDUIT, OUTLETS AND MOUNTING BOARDS, AS SPECIFIED AND ASSHOWN ON DRAWINGS.

B. NYLON PULL-IN WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUITS FOR USE BYOWNER.

3.8 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE

A. FURNISH AND INSTALL (AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED) ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING IN ALLAREAS WHERE NEEDED BY ALL TRADES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THEIR WORK. PROVIDE AMINIMUM OF 20 FOOT CANDLES OF ILLUMINATION FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. TEMPORARYELECTRIC SERVICE(S) SHALL CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL, OSHA, STATE, INCLUDING THE NATIONALELECTRICAL CODE.

3.9 MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE

A. CONTACT AND FULLY COORDINATE NEW ELECTRIC SERVICE WITH THE LOCAL ELECTRIC UTILITYCOMPANY. PROVIDE NECESSARY CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, METERING CABINETS AND EQUIPMENTIN ACCORDANCE WITH UTILITY CO. STANDARDS.

B. SCHEDULE NEW SERVICE AND INCLUDE ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY CHARGES IN BID.

C. PROVIDE A GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C. 250.52 TO INCLUDEBONDING ITEMS 1 THOUGH 6 WHERE AVAILABLE, ie: METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE, METALFRAME OF THE BUILDING OR STRUCTURE, CONCRETE-ENCASED ELECTRODE, GROUND RING, RODAND PIPE ELECTRODES, PLATE ELECTRODES. SIZED PER NEC TABLE 250.66.

2.13 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

A. DESCRIPTION

1. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR, ANDINCIDENTAL TO, THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMHEREIN SPECIFIED, AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.

2. IN ORDER TO OBTAIN PROPER OPERATION, IF THE MANUFACTURER REQUIRES A GREATER NUMBEROF WIRES ANYWHERE IN THE SYSTEM THAN SCHEDULED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ORDESCRIBED HEREIN, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL INFORM CONTRACTORS DURING BIDDING PHASE, ANDTHE CONTRACTORS SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS ALL COSTS FOR THE NECESSARY ADDITIONALWIRING AND LARGER CONDUITS. SUCH ADDITIONAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SPECIFICALLYNOTED ON SHOP DRAWINGS.

B. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICALCODE (NEC), NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, NFPA, AND SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE UNDERWRITERSLABORATORIES SEAL OF INSPECTION.

2. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE REGULATORYAGENCIES AND SHALL CONFORM TO STATE CODE, LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES ANDREQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT.

3. INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT RATING TESTS SHALL BE FACTORY PERFORMED FOR PROPER SYSTEMOPERATION, ENCLOSURE STABILITY, AND DIELECTRIC STRENGTH.

C. FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE

1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE BUILDING GENERAL ALARM, ADDRESSABLE,SUPERVISED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, WITH BATTERY BACKUP, AS COVERED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS,TO BE WIRED, CONNECTED AND LEFT IN FIRST CLASS OPERATING CONDITION. THE CATALOGNUMBERS SPECIFIED ARE THOSE OF SILENT KNIGHT FARENHYT, AS FURNISHED BY LIFE SAFETYSYSTEMS LLC (216) 391-4840 AND CONSTITUTE THE TYPE AND QUALITY TO BE FURNISHED.EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS BY NOTIFIER, OR GAMEWELL-FCI WILL BE ACCEPTABLE, BUT MUST BE SOSTATED AT TIME OF BIDDING.

2. THE FIRE ALARM STATIONS SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE SINGLE ACTION, PULL HANDLE, SILENT KNIGHTMODEL SD500-PS, SEMI-FLUSH MOUNTED. EACH STATION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A KEYOPERATED TEST SWITCH AND SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED. THE FRONT OF THE STATIONSHALL BE HINGED AND MUST BE OPERATED TO RESET THE STATION.

3. THE ALARM SIGNALS SHALL BE AUDIOVISUAL HORN DEVICE, GENTEX MODEL GEC324WR HORNVISIBLE APPLIANCE FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTIFICATION. THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE MULTICANDELA WITH POLAR DISTRIBUTION OF 75CD ILLUMINATION AS REQUIRED BY THE AMERICANS WITHDISABILITIES ACT (ADA). THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE UL LISTED TO STANDARD 1971. THE LIGHTUNIT SHALL BE OF ABS POLYCARBONATE AND THE LENS OF HIGH GRADE, OPTICAL QUALITY LEXAN.A SPECIAL COMPOUND REFLECTOR SHALL BE UTILIZED TO MAXIMIZE AND BEST DISTRIBUTE THELIGHT PATTERN IN KEY AXIS DIRECTIONS.

a. THE EFFECT OF THE ILLUMINATED VISIBLE APPLIANCE SHALL BE OBSERVABLE IN A CIRCUMPOLARPATTERN. THE VISIBLE APPLIANCE SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE WORD "FIRE" IN ACONTRASTING COLOR.

b. THE AUDIBLE PORTION OF THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE A SINGLE FREQUENCY ELECTRONICOPTICALLY CONTROLLED VIBRATING HORN RATED AT 87DBA AT 10-FEET. FREQUENCY RESPONSESHALL BE 2000HZ NOMINAL.

4. THE CEILING MOUNTED ANALOG SMOKE SENSORS SHALL BE SILENT KNIGHT MODEL SD505-APS,SENSORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTO-ELECTRIC TYPE, AND SHALL OPERATE ON LIGHTSCATTERING, PHOTO-DIODE PRINCIPLE. SENSORS SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERSLABORATORIES AND APPROVED BY FACTORY MUTUAL UNDER THE CURRENT STANDARDS FORPHOTO-ELECTRIC TYPE SMOKE SENSORS. FOR EASE OF MAINTENANCE AND INSTALLATION, SENSORSSHALL BE DESIGNED FOR TWIST LOCK MOUNTING TO A SEPARATE BASE ASSEMBLY HAVING SCREWTERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL WIRING CONNECTIONS.

5. MODEL SD505-6AB ADDRESSABLE BASE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EACH SMOKE ANDHEAT SENSOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. EACH SENSOR BASE ASSEMBLY SHALLBE EQUIPPED WITH AN OPTIONAL LOCKING MECHANISM TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL OFTHE SENSOR AND SHALL MOUNT ON A STANDARD 3-1/2" ROUND, 4" SQUARE OR OCTAGONALOUTLET BOX. BOX DEPTH SHALL BE SELECTED ON THE BASIS OF THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORSCONNECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.

6. HEAT SENSORS, WHERE SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE SILENT KNIGHTMODEL SD505-AHS. MOUNT TO SD505-6AB SENSOR BASE.

7. THE DUCT SMOKE SHALL BE SILENT KNIGHT MODEL SD505-ADHR WITH APPROPRIATE SAMPLINGTUBES. ALL DUCT SMOKE SENSORS SHALL HAVE A MODEL SD505-DTS REMOTE ALARM AUDIBLEAND VISUAL INDICATOR AND TEST STATION.

8. VISUAL FLASHING LAMPS (XENON STROBE) SHALL BE GENTEX GES324WR ADA UL 1971 LISTED.

D. PRODUCTS AND SYSTEM OPERATION

1. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS. ACTUATION OF ANY ALARM INITIATING DEVICE SHALL CAUSE ALL AUDIBLE ALARMDEVICES TO SOUND CONTINUOUSLY. ALARM INITIATING DEVICES SHALL BE GROUPED IN ZONES.ANY ZONE INVOLVED IN AN ALARM SHALL BE INDICATED BY A LIGHTED RED LED ON THE ZONEMODULE INVOLVED. THE ACTUATION OF ANY ALARM INITIATING DEVICE SHALL ALSO SHUTDOWNCERTAIN AIR HANDLING UNITS AS MAY BE DESIGNATED, RETURN ELEVATORS TO THE FIRST ORGROUND FLOOR, AND ANNUNCIATE THE ALARM CONDITION ON THE ANNUNCIATOR(S) LOCATED ASSHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.

2. THE GENERAL ALARM DEVICES MAY BE SILENCED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY BY ENTERING ALOCKED CONTROL CABINET AND OPERATING THE PROPER SILENCING SWITCH, BUT ANY SUBSEQUENTALARMS SHALL SOUND ALL SIGNALS. OPERATION OF THIS SWITCH SHALL BE INDICATED BY ATROUBLE LIGHT AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL. SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETELY SUPERVISED, AND ANYOPEN, SHORT, OR GROUNDED CONDITION SHALL CAUSE THE TROUBLE LIGHT TO BE ILLUMINATEDAND THE TROUBLE SIGNAL TO SOUND. THIS SHALL REMAIN UNTIL TROUBLE CONDITION HAS BEENCORRECTED.

3. THE MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SILENT KNIGHT FARENHYT IFP 100 AND 1000WITH A 40 CHARACTER LCD ANNUNCIATOR INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS. ALL ZONE LIGHTS, TROUBLE LIGHTS, TROUBLE SIGNALS, SILENCING SWITCHES ANDLIGHTS, AND RESET SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN SURFACE CABINET AND CONTAIN THEFOLLOWING ITEMS:

- GREEN POWER ON LIGHT- MANUAL EVACUATION SWITCH- SYSTEM RESET SWITCH- TROUBLE LIGHTS- TROUBLE SILENCING SWITCH- TONE ALERT TROUBLE SIGNAL- AUXILIARY RELAYS WITH BYPASS SWITCHES- PROVISION FOR REMOTE REPORT

4. ZONES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. A SCHEDULE OF ANNUNCIATIONENGRAVING SHALL BE FURNISHED FOR ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. MAIN CONTROLPANEL SHALL HAVE CAPACITY TO INDICATE ZONES IN THIS BUILDING PLUS REMOTE REPORTS FROMFUTURE BUILDINGS, AND FROM THE GENERATOR, FIRE PUMP AND TRANSFER SWITCHES.

5. CONTROL MODULES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE OPERATING AND INDICATING FUNCTIONS OF THEFIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THESE FUNCTIONS SHALL INCLUDE SYSTEM RESET, ALARM LOCK-IN, ALARMRESOUND, ACKNOWLEDGE SWITCH, EARTH LED, SYSTEM TROUBLE LED, TONE ALERT, AND LED TEST.UPON HAVING DETECTED AN ALARM CONDITION, A ZONE SHALL REPORT ITS STATUS TO THECONTROL MODULE. THIS ALARM CONDITION SHALL CAUSE THE ALARM TO BE DISPLAYED ON THELCD. DEPENDING UPON SYSTEM OPERATION, IT SHALL ALSO CAUSE THE SOUNDING OF ALARMSIGNALS, THE ACTIVATION OF THE GAMEWELL BOX, OR THE OPERATION OF THE FAN CONTROLRELAYS. WHEN THE ACKNOWLEDGE SWITCH IS PRESSED, THE ZONE'S ALARM LED SHALL CEASE TOFLASH AND REMAIN ILLUMINATED. AT THIS TIME, THE SIGNALS SHALL ALSO BE SILENCED. THEACTIVATION OF ANOTHER ZONE SHALL REPEAT THE ENTIRE ALARM PROCESS, THUS CAUSING THESIGNALS TO "RESOUND". ALL ALARM AND TROUBLE EVENTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY STORED INTOTHE SYSTEM HISTORY LOG AND MAY BE REVIEWED BY OPERATOR WITH PROPER AUTHORIZATIONCODE.

6. THE ZONE ALARM INITIATING CIRCUIT MODULES SHALL PROVIDE EIGHT ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISEDNORMALLY OPEN CIRCUITS PER MODULE FOR CURRENT LIMITED DEVICES MONITORING FOR ALARM,TROUBLE (SHORT OR OPEN) AND GROUND FAULT. EACH MODULE SHALL PROVIDE LCDANNUNCIATION FOR ALARM, OPEN TROUBLE ANNUNCIATOR OUTPUTS, ALARM AND TROUBLE PRINTEROUTPUTS, AUXILIARY ALARM CONTACTS (N/O - 2 AMPERE RESISTIVE), AND ALARM AND TROUBLERESOUND WITH FLASHER ACKNOWLEDGE (FROM CONTROL). THE MODULE SHALL BE CAPABLE OFPOWERING CURRENT LIMITED TWO-WIRE SMOKE SENSORS. THE MODULE SHALL BE COMPLETELYPLUGGABLE AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED (LIMITED ENERGY). PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF ZONESREQUIRED PLUS TEN PERCENT ACTIVE SPARES. THE COMMUNICATING DEVICE MODULE SHALLPROVIDE 127 ADDRESSES FOR MONITOR OR CONTROL POINTS PER LOOP.

7. THE NAC SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPLYING A MINIMUM OF (2.5) AMPERES OFSIGNAL CAPACITY TO EACH OF THE SIGNAL CIRCUITS. IT SHALL SUPPLY POWER VIA A TWO-WIRESUPERVISED CIRCUIT AND INDICATE OPEN OR SHORTED FAULTS ON THE LCD ANNUNCIATOR. EACHSHALL BE PROTECTED BY A FUSE.

8. THE POWER SUPPLY MODULE SHALL SUPPLY 6 AMPERES OF CONTINUOUS FILTERED POWER OF THEPROPER VOLTAGE. THE POWER SUPPLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF FURNISHING THE SYSTEM POWERAND POWER FOR DEVICES SUCH AS SMOKE SENSORS, AUXILIARY RELAYS, DOOR HOLDERS, ETC. ITSHALL CONTAIN A NORMAL, BATTERY TROUBLE, AND POWER SUPPLY TROUBLE, ANNUNCIATION ONTHE LCD ANNUNCIATOR ALL VIEWABLE ON FRONT OF ENCLOSURE. A 250 VA TRANSFORMER SHALLBE PROVIDED IN THE CONTROL PANEL.

9. AN AUTOMATIC DUAL-RATE BATTERY CHARGER MODULE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE CONTROLPANEL WHICH SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CHARGING EITHER A GEL OR WET CELL BATTERY. ACONSTANT TRICKLE CHARGE SHALL CONTINUOUSLY BE APPLIED TO THE BATTERY IN ORDER TOMAINTAIN IT AT FULL CHARGE STATE. A METHOD OF ADJUSTING THE TRICKLE CHARGE RATE SHALLALSO BE PROVIDED IN ORDER TO SUPPLY THE SELECTED BATTERY WITH THE EXACT CHARGE RATEIT REQUIRES. IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE OF THE CHARGER, THE CHARGER FAILURE LCD SHALLILLUMINATE. SHOULD THE BATTERY CAPACITY DROP BELOW SPECIFIED LIMITS, THE CHARGER SHALLAUTOMATICALLY CHANGE TO HIGH RATE CONDITION, AND AN LCD SHALL ILLUMINATE. MAINTENANCEFREE BATTERIES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO DELIVER 24-HOURS OF STANDBY POWER.

10.A BATTERY MONITOR MODULE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MONITOR THE CHARGER AND THE BATTERYMOUNTED WITHIN THE CONTROL PANEL. SHOULD THE BATTERY VOLTAGE BECOME EXCESSIVELY LOW,EXCESSIVELY HIGH OR NOT BE CONNECTED AT ALL, THE SYSTEM TROUBLE MODULE SHALL BEACTIVATED AND THE BATTERY TROUBLE LCD SHALL ILLUMINATE.

11.THE AUXILIARY FLEXPUTS SHALL HAVE THE ABILITY TO BE CONFIGURED FOR NAC, INITIATING ZONE,OR RELAY OUTPUT RATED AT 3 AMPERES. THESE RELAYS SHALL BE USED FOR OPERATINGEXTERNAL CIRCUITS INDEPENDENT OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (I.E., FAN CONTROLS, DOORRELEASE, ETC.).

12.THE CONTROL CABINET SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED AND ACCOMMODATE ALL THE MODULES,

RELAYS, TERMINAL CONNECTIONS, AND BATTERIES NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THESYSTEM. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN OUTER DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLYWHICH SHALL BE FITTED WITH A LOCK AND A TRANSPARENT DOOR PANEL, TO PERMIT FULL VIEWINGOF THE VARIOUS MODULE LIGHTS AND SWITCHES.

13.REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR - THE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ALPHANUMERIC, 80CHARACTER LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (LCD) THAT PROVIDES CLEAR LANGUAGE INFORMATION AS TOTHE IFP PANEL POINT STATUS (ALARM, TROUBLE, ETC.), TYPE OF ALARM (SMOKE SENSOR, PULLSTATION, ETC.), NUMBER OF ALARMS ON THE SYSTEM, AND A CUSTOM LOCATION LABEL. THEANNUNCIATOR(S) SHALL HAVE A GREY OR RED FINISH AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. THEANNUNCIATOR SHALL COMMUNICATE TO THE CONTROL PANEL OVER 4 CONDUCTOR #16AWG WIREAND OPERATING POWER SHALL BE 24 VDC AND BE FUSED AT THE CONTROL PANEL. POINT WIREDANNUNCIATORS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS EQUAL. STATUS INFORMATION OF EACH DEVICE MAYBE INDIVIDUALLY DISPLAYED TO INVESTIGATE SPECIFIC POINT DETAIL. REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR MAYNOT BE REQUIRED ON ALL PROJECTS; REFER TO FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM.

a. PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS:- SYSTEM RESET- ALARM SILENCE- TROUBLE SILENCE- MANUAL EVACUATION- CITY DISCONNECT

E. INSTALLATION

1. EXAMINE AREA TO RECEIVE MAIN CONTROL PANEL TO ASSURE ADEQUATE SPACE AND CLEARANCES.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'SINSTRUCTIONS ALL WIRING, CONDUIT, AND OUTLET BOXES FOR THE ERECTION OF A COMPLETESYSTEM AS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ALL WIRINGSHALL BE IN CONDUIT OF THE SAME APPROVED TYPE AS USED FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWERWIRING, AND SHALL BE THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. BEFORE INSTALLATION, A COLORCODING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND ADHERED TO THROUGHOUTTHE INSTALLATION. COLOR CODES SHALL BE USED AND ALL WIRES SHALL BE TAGGED AT ALLJUNCTION POINTS AND SHALL TEST FREE FROM GROUND OR CROSSES BETWEEN CONDUCTORS.FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF THE MANUFACTURER'SFACTORY TRAINED TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE.

3. ALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NUMBERED TERMINAL STRIPS. NO OTHER TYPESOF SPLICES WILL BE PERMITTED.

4. AN AS-BUILT DRAWING OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED UPON COMPLETION OFTHE FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION SHOWING ALL DEVICES, NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS, COLORCODE SYSTEM ETC., AND BUILDING FLOOR PLANS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE FIRE ALARM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.

5. A QUALIFIED ENGINEER, APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURERTO SUPERVISE THE ENTIRE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, AS WELL AS TO ALSOTHOROUGHLY INSTRUCT THE RESPONSIBLE PERSONNEL OF THE OWNER IN THE PROPER OPERATIONAND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT.

6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND OPERATION FROM THE SUPPLIERBEFORE THE REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT IS MADE.

F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

1. WIRING SHALL BE CHECKED AND TESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEINSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO INSURE THAT THE SYSTEM IS FREE FROMGROUNDS, SHORTS, OPENS, AND THAT THE INSULATION RESISTANCE BETWEEN CURRENT CARRYINGCONDUCTORS IS 10 MEGOHMS OR GREATER.

2. THE SENSITIVITY OF EACH SENSOR SHALL BE CHECKED AND RECORDED IN MEMORY AFTER SENSORSHAVE BEEN INSTALLED. ANY SENSORS FOUND TO BE OUT OF TOLERANCE SHALL BE ADJUSTED ORREPLACED. THE RECORDED DATA SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCEMANUAL.

3. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED BY AN ENGINEERING REPRESENTATIVE OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMMANUFACTURER UPON THE COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION. EACH ZONE SHALL BE TESTED BYACTIVATING AN AREA SENSOR, DUCT SENSOR, AND MANUAL STATION FOR PROPER OPERATION OFALARM, NON-INTERFERENCE OF THE SUCCESSIVE ALARMS, A PROPER SHUTDOWN OF THEVENTILATION EQUIPMENT, IF REQUIRED. THE RESULTS OF THE TESTS SHALL BE RECORDED ANDSHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

4. THE FIRE PUMP AND ALL CONTROLS ARE EXISTING. THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALLPROVIDE FOR MONITORING AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATION OF SEVERAL OPERATIONAL POINTSASSOCIATED WITH THE FIRE PUMP. THE POINTS SHALL BE ANNUNCIATED OF THE FIRE PUMPSOPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:

- FIRE PUMP RUNNING- LOW SUCTION PRESSURE- POWER AVAILABLE

5. AN ALARM SIGNAL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF RETRANSMISSION DIRECTLY TO SECURITY MONITORINGSERVICE THROUGH A 2-CONDUCTOR TWISTED SHIELD PAIR, NO. 18 CABLE IMMEDIATELY UPONRECEIPT AT THE FACP. IN ADDITION, ALL SIGNALS INCLUDING TROUBLE ALARMS SHALL BEINDICATED ON THE BUILDINGS LOCAL ANNUNCIATION PANELS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THESPECIFIC NAME AND LOCATION OF THE ALARM DEVICE SHALL BE INDICATED.

6. THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS DIVISION IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL SIGNALS INTERNAL OREXTERNAL TO ALL LOCATIONS DESIGNATED OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL FIRECODES GOVERNING BUILDINGS OF THE TYPE AND DESCRIPTION INVOLVED.


Office: (216) 227-8505

engineering


Kent, Ohio


Issue Description:

Revision Schedule



10/8/2021 4:47:40 PM

E4.02ELECTRICAL


21029Sep. 10, 2021


Paris

Hill

Cat

Hos

pita

l

28 R

obin

son

Roa

dC

linto

n, N

Y 13

323

NVA
